Você está na página 1de 382

Service Manual

SenoScan®
Full Field Digital Mammography System
105200G

P-55961-SM Issue 1, Revision 5 August 2005

(Single Phase Power)

U.S. PAT. NOs. 5,526,394 and 5,917,881


Other foreign patents pending.

CAUTION: Federal law restricts this device


to sale by or on the order of a physician.

Fischer Imaging Corporation


Technical Publications Department
12300 North Grant Street
Denver, CO 80241-3120
(303) 254-2525
Fax: (303) 450-4335
Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

UPDATE HISTORY

The update history for the SenoScan Service Manual (Fischer part
number P-55961-SM), for use with systems having software version
4.0 and higher, is shown below. Each revision of this document has
been reviewed for technical accuracy and signed off by the
responsible project engineer with approval records maintained at
Fischer Imaging Corporation. Document sign-off authorizes this
manual to be a part of the Print Release (PR) package or PCO listed
below.

Issue,
Heading Description
Revision

Date: December 2004 Released production manual.


Issue 1, Activity: PCO# 054-01-05
Revision (PCR# 27401) (Note: The light field function is not
000 Affected Information: implemented at the time of this
Released production manual. publication.)
Date: January 2005
Activity: PCO# 011-03-05 Provided coverage for 105487 and
Issue 1,
(PCR# 27419) 105488 flat panel monitors. Added
Revision
Affected Information: replacement parts listing for Standalone
1
Revised Title Page, List of Tables, and Server.
page 5-22.
Date: May 2005 Removed the "The light field function
Activity: PCO# 034-06-05 is not implemented at the time of this
(PCR# 27588) publication." statements. Added the
Affected Information: 106315S, Rev. 000 schematics for the
Issue 1, Revised Title Page, List of Illustrations, SenoScan System with Light Field.
Revision pages 1-1, 2-1, 2-8, 2-22, 2-23, 3-1, Replaced 105200S schematics with
2 3-44, 3-47, 3-48, 4-1, 5-1, 5-10, 5-12, Rev. 3 schematics. Updated the Light
5-15, 5-23, 6-1, 6-3, 6-4, 6-119 thru Field Alignment Procedure. Changed
6-139, 6-143 thru 6-163, and the mailer. the FAX number on the mailer. Added
coverage for the WINTEL workstation
components.

Update History - ii
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Issue,
Heading Description
Revision

Date: July 2005


Activity: PCO# 011-07-05
Issue 1,
(PCR# 27615) Clarified gantry rotational motion limits
Revision
Affected Information: and adjustment tolerances.
3
Revised Title Page, Update History, and
pages 3-5, 3-7, and 4-20.
Date: July 2005
Activity: PCO# 001-08-05
Issue 1,
(PCR# 27616) Provided coverage for Gigabit Ethernet
Revision
Affected Information: Interface Card 105483.
4
Revised Title Page, Update History, and
pages 5-22 and 5-23.
Date: August 2005 Corrected schematics to reflect current
Activity: PCO# 017-08-05 system configuration. Replaced kVp
Issue 1, (PCR# 27630) and Filament Control PCB schematic
Revision Affected Information: 89420S-1 with 105408S and SenoScan
5 Revised Title Page, Update History, Power Supply schematic 94030S-2 with
List of Illustrations, and pages 6-3, and 105406S. Deleted unneeded Power-On
6-15 thru 6-161. Control schematic 94105S-2.

Update History - iii


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Reserved For Future Use

Update History - iv
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 000

LETTER TO THE READER

This manual is circulated for use by service providers for the


SenoScan Full Field Digital Mammography System and provides
service instructions for this system.
This manual is periodically updated. Errata is accumulated at
Fischer Imaging’s Technical Publications office, and where
appropriate, the accumulated information is incorporated into this
manual as a new revision at the time of update.
Please inform Technical Publications (at the address provided
below) of any technical discrepancies you may find in this manual.
If possible, include a copy of the appropriate pages with the marked
corrections.
Feel free to make suggestions for additional information to be
included, as well as for clarification or expansion of existing
information. Your comments and suggestions are encouraged, as
they help the Technical Publications staff to improve the quality and
usability of Fischer Imaging’s technical documentation.
Fischer Imaging Corporation
Technical Publications Department
12300 North Grant
Denver, CO 80241-3120
FAX: 303-450-4335

Safety and Informational Notation


This manual uses three types of safety and informational notation:
in order of importance, they are Warnings, Cautions, and Notes.
These notations appear in this manual as flagged paragraphs
formatted in bold text as shown in the following examples.

WARNING (Personnel Safety) A WARNING means that a person may be


endangered if instructions or procedures are ignored or
followed incorrectly.

Caution (Equipment/Data Damage) A CAUTION means that equipment


or data may be damaged if instructions or procedures are
ignored or followed incorrectly.

Note: (Informational) A NOTE provides additional information or


clarification.

v
Issue 1, Revision 000 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

FOREWORD

This Service Manual (P-55961-SM) is supplied with the SenoScan


Full Field Digital Mammography System for use by the installers,
service personnel, electricians, and other crafts persons that are
factory-authorized to install the SenoScan system. Personnel
installing the SenoScan must be familiar with the procedures
included in this manual before beginning the installation.
This manual is part of a set of three, provided with each SenoScan
system, that document the installation, operation, and servicing of
the SenoScan System. The complete set includes the following
manuals:
Operators Manual – Fischer part number P-55959-OM
Installation Manual – Fischer part number P-55960-IM
Service Manual – Fischer part number P-55961-SM

WARNING This product contains Commercial Off The Shelf (COTS)


software as a platform for software developed by Fischer
Imaging Corporation. This combination of software, and
certain other combinations authorized by Fischer Imaging
Corporation, are the only software combinations certified for
use with this product. The installation of any other software
onto this product may result in improper function of the product
including, but not limited to: loss of data, failure to meet
performance specifications, system malfunctions, erroneous
calculations, incorrect displays, and damage to system
components. THIS IMPROPER FUNCTION MAY RESULT
IN INJURY TO THE OPERATOR OR PATIENT. For this
reason, DO NOT install any unauthorized software onto this
product. Failure to comply with this statement may void the
warranty or service agreements and result in billable charges
for repairs required by the unauthorized software.

Fischer Imaging Corporation reserves the right to change the


information contained in this manual without notice.

vi
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 000

Table of Contents
Page
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION

1-1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1


1-2 Overview of this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-3 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-4 System Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-4-1 Diagnostic Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-4-2 X-ray Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-4-3 Collimator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-4-4 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-4-5 Breast Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-4-6 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-4-7 Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-5 Line Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-5-1 Line Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-5-2 Nominal Line Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-5-3 Line Regulation at Max Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-5-4 Recommended Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-5-5 Continuous and Peak Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-5-6 Transient Line Voltage Variation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1-5-7 Recommended Minimum Rating for Supply Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1-6 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1-7 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-7-1 Maximum Permissible Dose (MPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-7-2 Manufacturer’s Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-7-3 Radiation Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1-7-4 Monitoring Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1-8 CDRH Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1-8-1 Certified Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1-8-2 Compatible Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1-9 Correct Equipment Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1-10 Protecting the Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1-10-1 Disposal of Transformer Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1-10-2 Disposal of UPS Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1-10-3 Disposal of Lithium Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
1-10-4 Return of X-ray Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Table of Contents vii


Issue 1, Revision 000 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Table of Contents (Continued)


Page
SECTION 2 - TROUBLESHOOTING

2-1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1


2-2 System Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
2-3 Voltage Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
2-3-1 Line Mains/Primary Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
2-3-2 Low Voltage Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
2-3-3 Inverter Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
2-4 Circuit Board Pin Jumpers and Configuration Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
2-4-1 Circuit Boards in the Generator and Gantry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
2-4-2 Circuit Boards in the Review Station Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
2-5 Status and Fault Indicators on Circuit Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
2-5-1 Generator Circuit Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
2-5-1-1 System Interface Board (SIB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
2-5-1-2 VME Controller Circuit Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
2-5-1-3 kVp and Filament Control Circuit Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
2-5-1-4 Digital Mammo CPU Circuit Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
2-5-1-5 Unregulated Power Supply Circuit Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
2-5-1-6 Camera Power Supply Circuit Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
2-5-2 Gantry Circuit Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
2-5-2-1 Power Distribution Circuit Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
2-5-2-2 Light Field Control Circuit Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
2-6 VME Interface and Debug Protocol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23
2-6-1 Connecting to the VME Debug Port/VME Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23
2-6-2 VME Command Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
2-7 VME self Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27

SECTION 3 - ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES

3-1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1


3-2 Required Tools and Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
3-3 Motion Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
3-3-1 Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
3-3-1-1 Rotation Limit Switches and Rotation Calibration (VME) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
3-3-1-2 Elevation Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
3-3-1-2-1 Maximum Elevation Limit 3-7
3-3-1-2-2 Minimum Elevation Limit Switch 3-8
3-3-1-3 Compression Drive Limit Switches and Compression Calibration (VME). . . . . . . .3-9
3-3-2 Rotation Potentiometer Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
3-3-3 Compression Force Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14
3-3-4 Scan Motor Current Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16

viii Table of Contents


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 000

Table of Contents (Continued)


Page
3-4 X-ray Beam and Field Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
3-4-1 X-ray Tube Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
3-4-2 IGBT Drive Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-4-3 Detector Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
3-4-3-1 Purpose of Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
3-4-3-2 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3-4-4 Scan Speed Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
3-4-5 Collimator Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-4-5-1 Front and Side Blades (Mechanical). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-4-5-2 Back Blade Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-4-6 X-ray Field Size Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-4-6-1 Scanning Motion Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-4-6-2 Collimator Back Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3-4-6-3 Daily Calibration Technique Setting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
3-4-7 Light Field Alignment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
3-4-7-1 Normal Resolution Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
3-4-7-2 High Resolution Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
3-4-7-3 Intensity/Contrast Ratio Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
3-4-8 System Low Voltage Power Supplies Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
3-4-8-1 Power Supply #3 (C1D2 PS3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
3-4-8-2 Power Supply #2 (C1D2 PS2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
3-4-8-3 Power Supply #1 (C1D2 PS1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
3-4-9 Camera Power Supply Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
3-4-10 Inverter Low Voltage Power Supply Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
3-5 Compression Force Display Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
3-6 Manual Compression Force Clutch Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
3-6-1 Maximum Manual Compression Force Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
3-6-2 Clutch Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
3-7 Automatic Technique Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
3-7-1 X-Ray Tube Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
3-7-2 Detector Index Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
3-7-3 Large Paddle Index Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
3-7-4 High Resolution Paddle Index Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
3-7-5 Spot Paddle Index Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
3-7-6 Calculated Paddle Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
3-7-7 Update atr.xml Data File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
3-7-8 Verify Paddle Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
3-7-9 Verify Automatic Technique Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74
3-7-10 Correcting Dead Pixels in the Detector (with correctpixel utility) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74

Table of Contents ix
Issue 1, Revision 000 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Table of Contents (Continued)


Page
SECTION 4 - REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES

4-1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1


4-2 Remove and Install Procedures for Gantry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
4-2-1 Gantry Arm Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
4-2-1-1 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
4-2-1-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
4-2-2 Breast Support and Detector Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
4-2-2-1 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
4-2-2-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
4-2-3 Gantry Column Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4-2-3-1 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4-2-3-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
4-2-4 Column Back Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
4-2-4-1 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
4-2-4-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
4-2-5 Gantry Column Top Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
4-2-5-1 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
4-2-5-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
4-2-6 Lift Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
4-2-6-1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
4-2-6-2 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
4-2-6-3 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
4-2-7 Scan Drive Wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
4-2-7-1 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
4-2-7-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
4-2-8 Scan Drive Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
4-2-8-1 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
4-2-8-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24
4-2-8-3 Post Installation Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
4-2-9 Gantry Fan Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26
4-2-9-1 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26
4-2-9-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26
4-2-10 Light Field Assembly (Secondary Collimator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27
4-2-10-1 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27
4-2-10-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28
4-2-11 Collimator Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29
4-2-11-1 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29
4-2-11-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30
4-2-12 Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31
4-2-12-1 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31
4-2-12-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32

x Table of Contents
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 000

Table of Contents (Continued)


Page
4-2-13 Light Field Slide Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
4-2-13-1 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
4-2-13-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
4-2-14 Light Field Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
4-2-14-1 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
4-2-14-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
4-2-14-2-1 Mirror Cleaning and Handling 4-36
4-2-14-2-2 Procedure 4-36
4-2-15 Light Field Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
4-2-15-1 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
4-2-15-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
4-2-16 Light Position Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
4-2-16-1 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
4-2-16-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
4-2-17 Light Field Control Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
4-2-17-1 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
4-2-17-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
4-2-18 X-ray Tube and Heat Exchanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
4-2-18-1 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
4-2-18-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
4-3 Remove and Install Procedures for Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
4-3-1 Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
4-3-1-1 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
4-3-1-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
4-4 Post-Installation Checks and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

SECTION 5 - REPLACEMENT PARTS

5-1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

SECTION 6 - SCHEMATICS

6-1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1


6-2 Reference Designators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6-3 Schematic Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Table of Contents xi
Issue 1, Revision 000 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Table of Contents (Continued)


Page

xii Table of Contents


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

List of Illustrations
Page
Figure 2-1 Test Points and Fuses on 3-Phase Transformer (top view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Figure 2-2 Voltage Test Points and Fuses – Low Voltage Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Figure 2-3 Fuses Located on Circuit Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Figure 2-4 Test Points for Inverter Voltage Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Figure 2-5 Settings for Pin Jumpers on Card Cage Backplane PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Figure 2-6 Settings for Pin Jumpers and Switches on System Interface Board (SIB) . . . . 2-11
Figure 2-7 Settings for Pin Jumpers and Switches on VME Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Figure 2-8 Settings for Pin Jumpers on Galil PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Figure 2-9 Settings for Pin Jumpers on KVP and Filament Control PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Figure 2-10 Settings for Switches on Strain Gauge Amplifier PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Figure 2-11 Settings for Pin Jumpers on Digital Mammo CPU PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Figure 2-12 Settings for Pin Jumpers on Filter/Collimator PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Figure 2-13 Status/Fault Indicators on System Interface Board (SIB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Figure 2-14 LED Indicators on VME Board (-01 configuration shown, -P244L similar) . . 2-17
Figure 2-15 Status/Fault Indicators on kVP and Filament Control PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Figure 2-16 Status/Fault Indicators on Digital Mammo CPU PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Figure 2-17 Status/Fault Indicators on Unregulated Power Supply Circuit Board . . . . . . . 2-20
Figure 2-18 Status/Fault Indicators on Camera Power Supply Circuit Board . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Figure 2-19 Status/Fault Indicators on Power Distribution Circuit Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Figure 2-20 Status/Fault Indicators on Light Field Control Circuit Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Figure 2-21 VME Debug Port Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Figure 2-22 Cable Configuration for Use With VME Debug Port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24

Figure 3-1 Rotation Limit Switch Adjustments (gantry at 0°) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5


Figure 3-2 VME Debug Port Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Figure 3-3 Minimum Elevation Limit Switch (viewed from left side of column) . . . . . . . . 3-8
Figure 3-4 Compression Drive Limit Switch Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Figure 3-5 Rotation Potentiometer Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Figure 3-6 Bathroom Scale on Breast Support (typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Figure 3-7 Compression Force Adjustment Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Figure 3-8 Scan Motor Controller Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Figure 3-9 Ampere Meter Connection to Scan Motor Controller Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Figure 3-10 Test Connectors on Inverter Power Supply Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Figure 3-11 Inverter Adjustments and Test Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Figure 3-12 kVp and Filament Control PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Figure 3-13 TP4 and TP5 Timing Relationship (IGBT dead time) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Figure 3-14 Orientation of Detector Elements Relative to Scan Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Figure 3-15 Set Initial Position of Image Detector With a Combination Square. . . . . . . . . 3-25
Figure 3-16 Detector Adjustment Locking Setscrews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Figure 3-17 Detector Alignment Reference Aid Affixed to Compression Paddle. . . . . . . . 3-27
Figure 3-18 Line Pair Phantom Image for Detector Alignment (typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

List of Illustrations xiii


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

List of Illustrations (Continued)


Page
Figure 3-19 Typical Display for Plot of ROI on 12.5 Line-Pair Phantom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Figure 3-20 Line Pair Phantom Image for Detector Alignment (typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Figure 3-21 Hardware Administration – VME Screen (typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Figure 3-22 Collimator Blade Adjust Thumbscrews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Figure 3-23 Diagnostics – Frame Image Screen (typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Figure 3-24 Frame Image Screen (typical – 2X Magnification shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
Figure 3-25 Placement of Phosphor Screen and Ruler on Breast Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41
Figure 3-26 Placement of Phosphor Screen and Ruler for Back Blade Adjustment . . . . . . .3-42
Figure 3-27 Light Bulb Locking Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
Figure 3-28 Light Bulb Adjustment Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Figure 3-29 Low Voltage Power Supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
Figure 3-30 Output Voltage Adjustments on Power Supply #3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
Figure 3-31 +24 Vdc Test Point on Elevation or Compression Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51
Figure 3-32 Output Voltage Adjustments on Power Supply #1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52
Figure 3-33 Camera Power Supply Voltage Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53
Figure 3-34 Camera Power Supply Output Voltage Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54
Figure 3-35 Inverter Power Supply Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55
Figure 3-36 Switch Settings and Potentiometers on Strain Gauge Amplifier PCB. . . . . . . .3-57
Figure 3-37 Force Gauge Placement on Breast Support Attachment Casting. . . . . . . . . . . .3-57
Figure 3-38 Manual Compression Slip Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-59
Figure 3-39 Dosimeter Sensor Attached to Bottom of Compression Paddle . . . . . . . . . . . .3-61
Figure 3-40 14 x 7 cm ROI on Flat Field Phantom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-64
Figure 3-41 Placement of Rods on Compression Paddle and Breast Support . . . . . . . . . . . .3-68

Figure 4-1 Gantry Arm Cover Screws Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2


Figure 4-2 Rear View of Gantry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Figure 4-3 Internal View of Gantry Back Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
Figure 4-4 Gantry with Back Cover Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
Figure 4-5 Front View of Gantry with Top Cover Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
Figure 4-6 Side Cover Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
Figure 4-7 Remove Side Cover from Manual Compression Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
Figure 4-8 Alignment Bracket and Pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
Figure 4-9 Wiring Harness Connected to Gantry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
Figure 4-10 Gantry Arm Cover Screws Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
Figure 4-11 Use Bar Clamps for Installation of Carbon Fiber Breast Support . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
Figure 4-12 Column Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Figure 4-13 Column Lift Actuator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
Figure 4-14 Scan Drive Wire Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
Figure 4-15 Scanning Motion Shaft and Drive Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
Figure 4-16 Detector and Scanning Motor Mounting (typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-23
Figure 4-17 Gantry Fan Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26
Figure 4-18 Light Field Assembly and Collimator Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27

xiv List of Illustrations


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

List of Illustrations (Continued)


Page
Figure 4-19 Collimator Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Figure 4-20 Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Figure 4-21 Light Field Slide Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Figure 4-22 Light Field Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Figure 4-23 Light Field Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Figure 4-24 Light Position Board in Light Field Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Figure 4-25 Fan/Light Pivot Door Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Figure 4-26 Light Position Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Figure 4-27 Light Field Control Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Figure 4-28 X-ray Tube/Heat Exchanger Oil Line Coupling (typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Figure 4-29 Interior of Gantry Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Figure 4-30 X-ray Tube Mounting Screws (filter assembly removed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Figure 4-31 Inverter Removal (right side view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Figure 4-32 Inverter Removal (front view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51

Figure 5-1 SenoScan Generator Cabinet – Front View (covers removed). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Figure 5-2 SenoScan Generator Cabinet – Right Side View (covers removed) . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Figure 5-3 Unregulated Power Supply Panel (inside view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Figure 5-4 SenoScan Generator Cabinet – Left Side View (covers removed). . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Figure 5-5 Inverter – Internal Components/Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Figure 5-6 Inverter – High Speed Starter/IGBT’s (cover removed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Figure 5-7 Rear Wall of Generator Cabinet (partial view). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Figure 5-8 SenoScan Gantry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Figure 5-9 Gantry Column (interior views) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Figure 5-10 Compression Drive Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Figure 5-11 Collimator Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Figure 5-12 Detector and Scan Drive Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Figure 5-13 Motion Command Switches and Cable Assembly (LH shown - RH similar) . 5-19
Figure 5-14 Light Field Assembly, Secondary Collimator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Figure 5-15 Light Field Control PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Figure 5-16 Filter/Collimator Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Figure 6-1 Generator Reference Designators Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1


Figure 6-2 Gantry Reference Designator Locator Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Figure 6-3 Schematic – PCB, Collimator Back Blade Switch 88528S-1, Rev. 000 . . . . . . 6-3
Figure 6-4 Schematic – PCB, Light Position 88614S-1, Rev. 000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Figure 6-5 Schematic – PCB, Light Control 88616S-1, Rev. 000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Figure 6-6 Schematic – PCB, Filament Driver 89418S-1, Rev. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Figure 6-7 Schematic – PCB, Digital Mammo Interface Motherboard 89422S-1, Rev. 3 6-15
Figure 6-8 Schematic – PCB, 50 kV Doubler 89444S-1, Rev. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Figure 6-9 Schematic – PCB, Tube Motor Filter 89538S, Rev. 000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Figure 6-10 Schematic – PCB, IGBT Driver 89862S-1, Rev. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

List of Illustrations xv
Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

List of Illustrations (Continued)


Page
Figure 6-11 Schematic – PCB, Digital Mammo CPU 89864S-1, Rev. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-23
Figure 6-12 Schematic – PCB, Filter Emitter 89872S-1, Rev. 000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-33
Figure 6-13 Schematic – PCB, Filter Receiver 89874S-1, Rev. 000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-35
Figure 6-14 Schematic – PCB, PCI Scan Converter 89876S-3, Rev. 000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-37
Figure 6-15 Schematic – PCB, LED Display Card 89880S-1, Rev. 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-55
Figure 6-16 Schematic – SenoScan Unregulated Power Supply 89882S-1, Rev. 1 . . . . . . .6-63
Figure 6-17 Schematic – PCB, Camera Power Supply 89884S-1, Rev. 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-67
Figure 6-18 Schematic – PCB, System Interface Board 89886S-1, Rev. 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-69
Figure 6-19 Schematic – PCB, Power Distribution 89890S-1, Rev. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-89
Figure 6-20 Schematic – PCB, Filter/Collimator Control 89892S-1, Rev. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .6-93
Figure 6-21 Schematic – PCB, X-ray Indicator 89894S-1, Rev. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-101
Figure 6-22 Schematic – PCB, Boost/Sense 89898S-1, Rev. 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-103
Figure 6-23 Schematic – HF/HV Xfmr, 10 KW, SenoScan 94060S-2, Rev. 000 . . . . . . . .6-105
Figure 6-24 Schematic – SenoScan System with Light Field 105200S, Rev. 3 . . . . . . . . .6-107
Figure 6-25 Schematic – Circuit Breaker Module 105287S, Rev. 000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-129
Figure 6-26 Schematic – SenoScan Power Supply, 3/1, 105406S, Rev. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-131
Figure 6-27 Schematic – PCB, kVp and Filament Control, 105408S, Rev. 4. . . . . . . . . . .6-133
Figure 6-28 Schematic – SenoScan System with Light Field 106315S, Rev. 000 . . . . . . .6-141

xvi List of Illustrations


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 1

List of Tables
Page
Table 2-1 System Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Table 2-2 Input/Primary Power Voltage Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Table 2-3 Low Voltage Power Supply Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Table 2-4 Inverter Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Table 2-5 VME Debug Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Table 3-1 Tools and Test Equipment Needed for Adjustment and Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Table 3-2 X-ray Tube Index Calculation Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Table 3-3 Detector Index Calculation Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Table 3-4 Large Paddle Index Calculation Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Table 3-5 High Resolution Paddle Index Calculation Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Table 3-6 Spot Paddle Index Calculation Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Table 3-7 Compression Encoder Count Calculation Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
Table 3-8 Paddle Offset Calculation Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Table 3-9 Bolted Paddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Table 3-10 Paddle Offset Verification Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73

Table 4-1 Post-installation Checks and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

Table 5-1 Generator (E1A1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Table 5-2 Generator (E1A1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Figure and Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Table 5-3 Gantry (E1B1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Table 5-4 Gantry (E1B1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Figure and Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Table 5-5 Acq. Station/Tech. Shield (E1C1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number. . . 5-22
Table 5-6 Standalone Server Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Table 5-7 Review Station (E1D1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

Table 6-1 SenoScan Schematic Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

List of Tables xvii


Issue 1, Revision 1 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

List of Tables (Continued)


Page

xviii List of Tables


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

SECTION 1

INTRODUCTION

1-1 GENERAL
This manual provides service information for the SenoScan Full
Field Digital Mammography System. Information provided in this
manual is intended for use by authorized service personnel.
Only information relating to the SenoScan system and SenoScan-
related service procedures is described in this manual. Information
pertaining to other equipment and procedures which may be
referenced in this manual must be obtained from documentation
supplied with the specific equipment.

1-2 OVERVIEW OF THIS MANUAL


This manual consists of 6 sections:
Section 1 – Introduction, contains an overview of the manual,
symbols used in the manual, system specifications, and safety-
related information.
Section 2 – Troubleshooting, contains the information to assist in
isolating a malfunction to the field-replaceable part. Use of VME
Debug and Inverter Debug protocols for troubleshooting are also
covered. Reference designator, fuse, switch setting, and jumper
positioning information is also provided in this section.
Section 3 – System Adjustment and Calibration Procedures,
provides detailed instructions on how to perform system
adjustments and calibrations. Use of VME Debug protocols for
calibration is also covered.
Section 4 – Removal and Installation Procedures, describes how
to remove and replace specific components and subassemblies that
require detailed instructions. Lists the adjustments and calibrations
required after parts replacement.
Section 5 – Replacement Parts, lists field replaceable parts.
Section 6 – Schematics, contains system schematic diagrams.

Introduction 1-1
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

1-3 SYMBOLS

The following symbols are affixed to the interior and exterior of the
SenoScan system to alert installation and service personnel to
potential hazards and operational functions:

Dangerous Voltage
Dangerous voltages are present.
(This symbol may also appear without the triangle
border.)

Warning
This equipment is not suitable for use in the
presence of a flammable anesthetic mixture with air
or oxygen or nitrous oxide.

Attention
A potential hazard to operator, service personnel, or
equipment exists. Refer to the technical manual for
instructions before proceeding.

Danger X-Rays
This equipment produces ionizing radiation when
energized.

Protective Earth (ground)

Earth (ground)

Type B Applied Part


This equipment meets the requirements of
EN60601-1 for protection against electric shock.

Power Off
Disconnection from the mains. Used on power
switches.

Power On
I Connection to the mains. Used on power switches.

1-2 Introduction
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

Ionizing Radiation
This symbol (yellow) is used as the x-ray indicator
on both sides of the gantry column. X-ray emission
is taking place when this symbol is displayed.

Standby
I This symbol (green) is paired with the ionizing radi-
ation symbol on the sides of the gantry column. The
system is energized when this symbol is displayed.

< No Symbol>
Mode of Operation
SenoScan is designed for continuous operation with
short time loading. Short time loading is defined as:
one 10 second (max) x-ray exposure every 2.5
minutes or 4 x-ray exposures in 10 minutes.

1-4 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

1-4-1 Diagnostic Source

Radiation Shielding

Radiation shielding is rated for up to 45 kV.

Ray Proofing

Leakage is less than 80 mR/hr at one meter from the focal spot
of the x-ray tube, measured at 45 kV and 150 mA.

1-4-2 X-ray Tube

The RAD71F rotating anode x-ray tube incorporates a 49 kV


tungsten alloy rotating anode insert that produces a 0.3 mm focal
spot.

Nominal Focal Spot Size

0.3 mm - maximum focal spot size is 0.45 x 0.65 mm.

Maximum Anode Load: 60 Hz

8.0 kW, 180 Hz, 6.0 sec

Introduction 1-3
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Inherent Filtration

0.76 mm beryllium IEC 60522


Heat Storage Capacity
1.4 MHU

Continuous Heat Dissipation

185 watts (250 HU/sec)

Rotating Anode Information

anode disk diameter and construction


102 mm, tungsten alloy
anode disk rotational speed
≥ 9000 RPM (running/boost)
anode brake profile
full speed to full stop in ≈ 10 seconds
target angle
16°

Filament Current Rating

2.0A standby, 4.4A instantaneous


6 - 9V @ 4 - 5.2A

Full-wave rectification information is provided for the 60 Hz, single


phase tubes in the Varian Eimac packet included with this unit. For
detailed information on tube emissions and ratings, refer to this
packet.

1-4-3 Collimator

Operation

Fixed at front and sides, motorized rear blade

Projected X-ray Beam

1 cm x 22.5 cm (normal)
1 cm x 11.5 cm (High-Res)

1-4 Introduction
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

SID (source-to-image distance)

64.18 cm fixed

1-4-4 Filter

Additional Equivalent Filtration in X-ray Beam

0.5 mm (aluminum) for normal operation


2.0 mm (aluminum) for calibration – automatically selected

1-4-5 Breast Support


Additional Equivalent Attenuation in X-ray Beam
Maximum attenuation is less than 0.15 mm (aluminum)

1-4-6 Generator

Output

12 kW, max

Duty Cycle

The duty cycle is limited by the capacity of the x-ray tube. Refer
to the Tube Specifications subsection for manufacturer’s infor-
mation concerning the tube capacity.
BTU/Hr
2500
The BTU/HR rating is based on a system using the average num-
ber of patients examined during a specified amount of time.
Average examine times and procedures were used in determin-
ing the technique factors and system use for a typical day and
power used. This rating has been determined using the heat pro-
duced from a stand-by condition.

Output kV Range

20 to 45 Kv (in increments of 1 kV)


Accuracy is ± 3% +1kV of the indicated kV
Output mA Range
80 to 220 mA (in increments of 10 mA)
Accuracy is ± 5% + 5 mA of the indicated mA

Introduction 1-5
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Exposure (mAs) Time

The mAs waveform begins upon reaching 10% after the start of the
waveform, and ends upon reaching a trailing edge of 75%.

1-4-7 Maximum Ratings

Radiography

200 mA
50 kVp
10 kW

1-5 LINE REQUIREMENTS

1-5-1 Line Conditions

Single phase, 50/60 Hz + 1 Hz


2 line (Hot and Neutral/Ground with independent Earth Ground)

Caution To ensure correct system operation, the Ground and Neutral


lines must be tied together at the input transformer or in the
Main Service Entrance Panel following the input transformer.

Note: The line requirements listed in the following paragraphs are for
a one set of examination room equipment consisting of one
SenoScan generator, gantry, and acquisition station. For
multiple examination rooms, multiply the line requirements
accordingly.

1-5-2 Nominal Line Voltages

240 Vac + 10%, single phase

1-5-3 Line Regulation at Max Load

10% (0.1 Ω max impedance)

1-5-4 Recommended Circuit Breakers

70.0A

1-5-5 Continuous and Peak Current

4 amp continuous/70 amp peak

1-6 Introduction
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

Note: Peak current is experienced during x-ray exposure for a maxi-


mum duration of 8 seconds.

1-5-6 Transient Line Voltage Variation

The maximum variation due to causes other than the x-ray


equipment load should not exceed + 2.5% from nominal current
voltage; the waveform must be sinusoidally balanced to ground with
less than 2% harmonic distortion.

1-5-7 Recommended Minimum Rating for Supply Transformer

16 kVA

1-6 ENVIRONMENT

Temperature

Operating
59 to 122° F (15 to 50° C)
Storage/Shipping
14 to 122° F (-10 to 50° C)

Relative Humidity

10 to 80% (non-condensing)

Introduction 1-7
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

1-7 SAFETY

Everyone associated with x-ray work must be familiar with the


recommendations of the Center for Devices and Radiological Health
(CDRH), National Bureau of Standards, the National Council on
Radiation Protection (NCRP), and the International Committee on
Radiation Protection (ICRP). The control of diagnostic medical
x-ray equipment changes slightly from state to state. In general, all
states adhere to the established recommendations of the NCRP.

Be sure that all personnel authorized to operate the x-ray system are
familiar with the established regulations of the authorities named
above. You might wish to monitor all personnel to ensure
compliance with recommended procedures.

Current source of information includes:


• National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements
(NCRP) Report No. 49 (“Structural Shielding Design and
Evaluation for Medical Use of X Ray and Gamma Ray Energies
up to 10 MEV – 1976")
• National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements
(NCRP) Report No. 102 ("Medical X-ray, Electron Beam, and
Gamma Ray Protection for Energies up to 50 MEV – Equipment
Design, Performance, and Use – 1989").
• National Bureau of Standards Handbook No. 76 ("Medical x-ray
Protection up to Three Million Volts"); Refer to NCRP Report No.
102.
• Current recommendations of the International Committee on
Radiation Protection.

Although x-radiation is hazardous, x-ray equipment does not pose


any danger when properly used. Be certain all service and operating
personnel are properly educated concerning the hazards of radiation.
Persons responsible for the system must understand the safety
requirements and special warnings for x-ray operation. Review this
manual to become aware of all safety and operation requirements.

1-7-1 Maximum Permissible Dose (MPD)

Various studies on the effects of x-radiation have provided a


foundation for establishing the maximum permissible dose of
x-radiation to which an individual may be exposed. The results of
these studies have been used by the NCRP and the ICRP to develop
recommendations for MPD.

1-8 Introduction
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

ICRP recommends that the MPD to the most critical organs (heart,
lungs, liver, kidney, and brain) accumulated at any age shall not
exceed five rems multiplied by the number of years beyond 18:

MPD = 5 x (n -18) rems


where n = age in years

In no case shall the exposure exceed three rems in any period of 13


consecutive weeks.

For hands, forearms, feet, and ankles, the recommended MPD is 75


rems in any one year.

1-7-2 Manufacturer’s Responsibility

Although this equipment incorporates protection against x-radiation


other than the useful beam, practical design does not provide
complete protection. Equipment design does not compel the
operator or assistants to take the necessary precautions; nor does it
prevent the possibility of improper use (authorized or unauthorized
persons carelessly, unwisely, or unknowingly exposing themselves
or others to direct or secondary radiation). Allow only authorized,
properly trained personnel to operate this equipment.

Be certain that all individuals authorized to use the equipment are


aware of the danger of excessive exposure to x-radiation.

This equipment is sold with the understanding that Fischer Imaging,


its agents and representatives, do not accept any responsibility for
overexposure of patients or personnel to x-radiation.

Furthermore, Fischer Imaging does not accept any responsibility for


overexposure of patients or personnel to x-radiation generated by
this equipment as a result of poor operating techniques or
procedures.

Also, no responsibility is assumed for any unit that has not been
serviced and maintained in accordance with the technical service
manual, or which has been modified or tampered with in any way.

Introduction 1-9
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

1-7-3 Radiation Protection

Because exposure to x-radiation may be damaging to health, use


great care to provide protection against exposure to the primary
beam. Some effects of x-radiation are cumulative, and may extend
over a period of months or years. The best safety rule for x-ray
operators is to avoid exposure to the primary beam at all times.

Any object in the path of the primary beam produces secondary


(scattered) radiation. The intensity of the secondary radiation is
dependent upon the energy and intensity of the primary beam, and
on the atomic number of the object or material struck by the primary
beam. Secondary radiation may be of greater intensity than that of
the radiation reaching the detector receptor. Take protective
measures to safeguard against secondary radiation.

An effective protective measure is the use of lead shielding. To


minimize dangerous exposure, use movable lead screens, lead-
impregnated gloves, and lead-impregnated aprons. These protective
devices must contain a 0.25 millimeter thickness of lead or the
equivalent. Use such protective devices for all operators, observers,
and/or servicing personnel exposed to radiation fields of 5 or more
milli Roentgens per hour.

1-7-4 Monitoring Personnel

Monitoring personnel to determine the amount of radiation to which


they have been exposed provides a valuable crosscheck to determine
whether or not safety measures are adequate. This crosscheck may
reveal inadequate or improper radiation protection practices and/or
serious radiation exposure situations.

The most effective method of determining whether the existing


protective measures are adequate is the use of instruments to
measure the exposure (in rads). This measurement should be taken
at all locations where the operator, or any portion of the operator’s
body, may be inadequately shielded during exposure. Exposure
must never exceed the accepted tolerable dose.

A common method of determining whether personnel have been


exposed to excessive radiation is the use of film badges. These are
x-ray sensitive film enclosed in a badge which incorporates metal
filters of varying degrees of transparency to x-ray radiation. Even
though this device only measures the radiation reaching the area of
the body on which it is worn, it does furnish an indication of the
amount of radiation received.

1-10 Introduction
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

1-8 CDRH COMPLIANCE

The SenoScan complies with Department of Health and Human


Services radiation performance standards per 21 CFR, Chapter I,
Subchapter J.

1-8-1 Certified Components

The following components are certified for use with SenoScan Full
Field Mammography System 94001G-3. Certification is applicable
when components are installed, calibrated, and serviced in
accordance with all applicable instructions. Unauthorized
modifications will invalidate certification.

• SenoScan Inverter CPU 89864G-1


• SenoScan Inverter 105292G
• SenoScan High Voltage Transformer 94060M-2
• X-ray Tube 94518-3
• SenoScan Breast Support 94761-2
• Detector 94767-2
• SenoScan Collimator 105727G
• SenoScan Secondary Collimator 105732G

1-8-2 Compatible Components


The following components are compatible with the above system:
Kodak 8610 Laser Imaging System 94852-1
Agfa DryStar 4500 104339
FujiFilm FM-DP L 104340

Introduction 1-11
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

1-9 CORRECT EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

Correct equipment installation begins with adequate structural


shielding. The ceiling, floor, doors, windows, and interior partitions
of the radiological area must be evaluated and designed to include
necessary attenuating barrier materials. You must install the
operator’s acquisition station enclosure, containing a lead-glass
technologist shield, within the radiological area. A current source of
information on this subject is the National Council of Radiation
Protection and Measurements (NCRP) Report No. 49 "Structural
Shielding Design and Evaluation of Medical Use of X-rays and
Gamma Rays of Energies Up To 10 MEV," 7910 Woodmont
Avenue, Suite 800, Bethesda, MD 20814-3095.

In addition to these considerations, radiological installations must


comply with all applicable local, municipal, and state electrical
codes and laws.

1-10 PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

1-10-1 Disposal of Transformer Oil

The dielectric oil used in the high voltage transformer in the


SenoScan Generator can pose a risk of environmental contamination
if it is not disposed of properly.

You must dispose of the oil in accordance with all applicable


national, state/provincial, and local regulations for your
location.

A copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet for the dielectric oil is
available upon request.

1-10-2 Disposal of UPS Batteries

The batteries in the two uninterruptable power supplies (UPS)


assemblies used with the SenoScan system can pose a risk of
environmental contamination if they are not disposed of properly at
the end of their service life.

You must dispose or recycle UPS batteries in accordance with


all national, state/provincial, and local regulations for your
location.

1-12 Introduction
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

1-10-3 Disposal of Lithium Batteries

The 89864G-1 Digital Mammo CPU, the 94244-1 Embedded


Controller VME circuit board assemblies, and the two computers
used in the acquisition and review stations contain lithium batteries
which can pose a risk of environmental contamination if they are not
disposed of properly at the end of their service life.

You must dispose or recycle lithium batteries in accordance


with all national, state/provincial, and local regulations for your
location.

1-10-4 Return of X-ray Tubes

The x-ray tube used in the SenoScan contains a beryllium window


and lead shielding, and can pose a risk of environmental
contamination if it is not disposed of properly at the end of its service
life.

Defective x-ray tubes must not be discarded. They are to be


returned to Fischer Imaging Corporation for processing. After
replacement, pack the defective tube in the packaging that was used
for shipment of the replacement tube, then contact Fischer Imaging
at 800-825-8434. You will be given a Return Materials
Authorization (RMA) number and specific instructions on how to
return the tube.

Introduction 1-13
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

1-14 Introduction
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

SECTION 2

TROUBLESHOOTING

2-1 GENERAL
This section contains information that can be useful in diagnosing
SenoScan system problems. It contains information relating to
system fuses, voltage checks, jumper settings, and provides
instructions on how to use the VME Interface. Instructions are also
provided for copying system debug logs to a floppy diskette for
distribution and off-system analysis.

2-2 SYSTEM FUSES


System fuses are listed in Table 2-1. The table lists the reference
designation and rating for each fuse as well as the markings that
appear on the fuse body. The Reference column lists the figure
number of the illustration showing the location of the listed fuse.

Table 2-1. System Fuses

Reference Designator Fuse Rating Fuse Marking Reference

3-Phase Transformer (Generator)

E1A1C3D1TB2-F1 5A@250V F5AH250V

E1A1C3D1TB2-F2 3.15A@250V F3.15AH250V

E1A1C3D1TB2-F3 N/A N/A

E1A1C3D1TB2-F4 5A@250V F5AH250V

E1A1C3D1TB2-F5 20A@250V T20AH250V Figure 2-1

E1A1C3D1TB2-F6 10A@250V T10AL250V

E1A1C3D1TB2-F7 30A@600V T30A600V

E1A1C3D1TB2-F8 N/A N/A

E1A1C3D1TB2-F9 30A@600V T30A600V

Troubleshooting 2-1
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Table 2-1. System Fuses (Continued)

Reference Designator Fuse Rating Fuse Marking Reference

Low Voltage Power Supply (Generator)

E1A1C1D2TB1-F1 2A@250V F2AH250V

E1A1C1D2TB1-F2 3.15A@250V F3.15AH250V

E1A1C1D2TB1-F3 3.15A@250V F3.15AH250V

E1A1C1D2TB1-F4 3.15A@250V F3.15AH250V

E1A1C1D2TB1-F5 3.15A@250V F3.15AH250V


Figure 2-2
E1A1C1D2TB1-F6 2A@250V F2AH250V

E1A1C1D2TB1-F7 5A@250V F5AH250V

E1A1C1D2TB1-F8 2A@250V F2AH250V

E1A1C1D2TB1-F9 2A@250V F2AH250V

E1A1C1D2TB1-F10 7A@250V T7AH250V

Unregulated Power Supply (Generator)

E1A1C4-F1 15A@600V F15A600V


Figure 2-2
E1A1C4-F2 3.5A@600V F3.5A600V

Filament Driver Printed Circuit Board Assy (Generator)

E1A1C3D3BD3-F1 1A@250V F1AL250V


Figure 2-3
E1A1C3D3BD3-F2 1A@250V F1AL250V

Filter/Collimator Printed Circuit Board (Gantry)

B1A6B1-F1 1A@250V 1A250V313 Figure 2-3

Light Field Control Printed Circuit Board (Gantry)

E1B1A1A4-F2 1.6A@250V 23901.6 Figure 2-3

2-2 Troubleshooting
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

2-3 VOLTAGE CHECKS

2-3-1 Line Mains/Primary Voltages


Test points at which the input power voltages can be measured are
listed in Table 2-2. The Reference column lists the figure number of
the illustration showing the locations of the listed test points.

Table 2-2. Input/Primary Power Voltage Checks

Test Points Voltage


Reading Special Instructions Reference
(+) Probe (-) Probe (± 10%)

C3D1TB1-1 C3D1TB1-8
Applied
C3D1TB1-1 C3D1TB1-15 Line Mains
Voltage
C3D1TB1-8 C3D1TB1-15

C3D1TB2-F1B C3D1TB2-4
115 Vac
C3D1TB2-F2B C3D1TB2-8 Remove fuses F1, F2, F4 -
F7, and F9 from C3D1TB2 Figure 2-1
C3D1TB2-F4B C3D1TB2-16 115 Vac before measuring.
C3D1TB2-F5B C3D1TB2-19 43 Vac

C3D1TB2-F6B C3D1TB2-7 240 Vac

C3D1TB2-F7B C3D1TB2-F8B
380 Vac
C3D1TB2-F7B C3D1TB2-F9B

Troubleshooting 2-3
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

2-3-2 Low Voltage Power Supplies


Test points at which the low voltage power supply output voltages
can be checked are listed in Table 2-3. For many of these checks,
you must remove the loading effect of the output circuitry by
removing the fuse(s) indicated in the Special Instructions column of
the table before you take the measurement. The Reference column
lists the figure number of the illustration showing the locations of the
listed test points.
Many of the low voltage power supply output voltages are
adjustable. If adjustment is required, refer to Low Voltage Power
Supplies Adjustments in Section 4 for correct adjustment procedure.

Note: Voltage values listed in Table 2-3 are specified output values for
the indicated power supplies. Unless otherwise noted in the
Voltage Reading column, the tolerance for all voltages readings
is ± 5%.

Table 2-3. Low Voltage Power Supply Checks

Test Points Voltage


Power
Reading Special Instructions Reference
Supply
(+) Probe (-) Probe (See Note)

C1D1 TB1-1 C1D1 TB1-10 115 Vac 3-ph xfmr Figure 2-1

C1D2 TB1 F1 C1D2 TB1-10 -12 Vdc Remove C1D2 TB1 F1

C1D2 TB1 F2 C1D2 TB1-10 +12 Vdc Remove C1D2 TB1 F2

C1D2 TB1 F3 C1D2 TB1-10 C1D2 PS3


Remove C1D2 TB1 F3, F4,
C1D2 TB1 F4 C1D2 TB1-10 and F5 before
+24 Vdc measurement.
C1D2 TB1 F5 C1D2 TB1-10

C1D2 TB1 F6 C1D2 TB1-12 C1D2 PS2 Remove C1D2 TB1 F6, F10

+5 Vdc
C1D2 TB1 F7 C1D2 TB1-10 C1D2 PS3 Remove C1D2 TB1 F7
(± 0.1 Vdc) Figure 2-2

C1D2 TB1 F8 C1D2 TB1-11 -15 Vdc Remove C1D2 TB1 F8


C1D2 PS1
C1D2 TB1 F9 C1D2 TB1-9 +15 Vdc Remove C1D2 TB1 F9

C1D2 TB1 F10 C1D2 TB1-12 +24 Vdc C1D2 PS2 Remove C1D2 TB1 F10

C5D4 -12V lug C5D4 GND -12 Vdc

C5D4 +12V lug C5D4 GND +12 Vdc


C1D2 PS3 At Card Cage Backplane
+5 Vdc
C5D4 +5V lug C5D4 GND
(± 0.1 Vdc)

2-4 Troubleshooting
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

Table 2-3. Low Voltage Power Supply Checks (Continued)

Test Points Voltage


Power
Reading Special Instructions Reference
Supply
(+) Probe (-) Probe (See Note)

SIB P20-3 SIB P20-7 -12 Vdc

SIB P20-1 SIB P20-7 +12 Vdc

SIB P20-9 SIB P20-7 +24 Vdc C1D2 PS3

+5 Vdc Remove cable and measure


SIB P20-4 SIB P20-7
(± 0.1 Vdc) at connector P20 on cable.

SIB P20-8 SIB P20-5 -15 Vdc

SIB P20-6 SIB P20-10 +15 Vdc C1D2 PS1


Figure 2-2
SIB P20-6 SIB P20-2 +15 Vdc

C4A2 P6-1 C4A2 P6-6 +24 Vdc At Unreg. Power Supply –


Unreg. Pwr
Remove cable and measure
C4A2 P3-6 C4A2 P3-1 +43 Vac Supply
at connector on board.

C4A1 P2-1 +24 Vdc C1D2 PS3


C4A1 P2-5 At Camera Power Supply –
C4A1 P2-3 & +15 Vdc remove cable and measure
C4A1 P2-6 C1D2 PS1 at connector P2 on cable.
C4A1 P2-4 -15 Vdc

2-3-3 Inverter Voltages


Test points at which inverter voltages can be checked are listed in
Table 2-4. The Reference column lists the figure number of the
illustration showing the locations of the listed test points.
Table 2-4. Inverter Voltages

Test Points Voltage


Reading Special Instructions Reference
(+) Probe (-) Probe (± 10%)

C3D3 TB1-8A C3D3 TB1-9A

C3D3 TB1-8A C3D3 TB1-10A 380 Vac


TB1 is at top right corner of
C3D3 TB1-9A C3D3 TB1-10A High Voltage Power Supply Figure 2-4
Assembly.
C3D3 TB1-7A C3D3 TB1-3A 240 Vac

C3D3 TB1-6A C3D3 TB1-2A 60 Vac

Troubleshooting 2-5
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Test Points
-F1B, -F2B
-F4B - -F7B, -F9B

Fuses F1, F2,


F4 - F7, F9

C3D1TB2 Terminal
Assembly (on top of
3-phase transformer)

Test Points
-1 thru -19
(top view)

Figure 2-1. Test Points and Fuses on 3-Phase Transformer (top view)

2-6 Troubleshooting
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

Test Points -F1 thru -F10


and
Test Points -1 thru -13 Fuses F1 thru F10
+5 Vdc
terminal

-12 Vdc
spade lug
+12 Vdc
spade lug

GND
terminal

C1D2TB1 Terminal Assembly


(rear panel of Generator Cabinet below power supplies)

C5D4 Backplane
(back of Card Cage)

Camera Power Supply Unreg. Power Supply


P20 P2 P6 P3 F1 F2

System Interface Board Camera Power Supply, Unregulated Power Supply


(on Generator Card Cage) (interior side of right end of Generator Cabinet)

Figure 2-2. Voltage Test Points and Fuses – Low Voltage Power Supplies

Troubleshooting 2-7
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Filter/Collimator PCB
(on back of Gantry arm structure)

F1

F1

F2

Filament Driver PCB


(on inside surface of hinged Inverter cover)

Light Field Control PCB


(inside Gantry Column)

F2

Figure 2-3. Fuses Located on Circuit Boards

2-8 Troubleshooting
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

Test Points 1A thru 10A

Terminal Assembly TB1


(on upper right corner of
inverter)

Figure 2-4. Test Points for Inverter Voltage Checks

Troubleshooting 2-9
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

2-4 CIRCUIT BOARD PIN JUMPERS AND CONFIGURATION SWITCHES

2-4-1 Circuit Boards in the Generator and Gantry


Circuit boards located in the generator cabinet containing jumpers
include the card cage Back Plane, System Interface (SIB), VME,
Galil, kVp and Filament Control, and Digital Mammo CPU. In the
Gantry, only the Filter/Collimator Control circuit board contains
jumpers. Figure 2-5 through Figure 2-12 indicate the locations of
the jumpers on the various circuit boards and the settings required
for correct circuit operation. In these illustrations, the correct
orientation of the jumper block is indicated by a shaded area on the
graphic callout for each jumper. When no jumper block is installed
on a set of jumper pins, the callout indicates No Jumper.
The SIB board also contains configuration switches. The setting of
these switches is determined by the type of IC device installed at U1,
U2, U5, and U10. A switch-setting matrix is provided in Figure 2-6.

(These jumpers (These jumpers


are unmarked) are unmarked)

Figure 2-5. Settings for Pin Jumpers on Card Cage Backplane PCB

2-10 Troubleshooting
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

JP2 SW1 (see matrix below)


JP1
SW2
(Set to ‘0‘)

JP8
JP3

(No Jumper) (No Jumper)

JP7
JP4

JP9

(No Jumper) JP12


(No Jumper)

JP11
(No Jumper) JP10
(No Jumper)
JP6

JP5
SW3 (Set all to OFF)
(No Jumper)
IC Type installed SW1 Positions
U1, U2, U5, U10 1 – 5 6 – 10

MAX313 OFF ON
MAX312 ON OFF
DG411 ON OFF
DG412 OFF ON

Figure 2-6. Settings for Pin Jumpers and Switches on System Interface Board (SIB)

Troubleshooting 2-11
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

S5-1 ON NOTE: S3-1 OFF S4-1 ON S4-5 OFF


S5-2 ON Plug ribbon cable S3-2 OFF S4-2 ON S4-6 ON
S5-3 ON connector into this S3-3 OFF S4-3 ON S4-7 ON

J19
S5-4 ON receptacle (P8). S3-4 OFF S4-4 ON S4-8 ON
(No Jumpers)
(No Jumpers)
J3
J1
J14
J17

(No Jumpers)
J16

(No Jumpers)
J23
J24

S6-1 ON
J22

S6-2 OFF
S6-3 ON
S6-4 OFF

Figure 2-7. Settings for Pin Jumpers and Switches on VME Controller PCB

2-12 Troubleshooting
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

JP11
(No Jumpers)

(No
Jumpers)

JP13
JP20
JP12
JP9

(No Jumpers)
(No Jumpers)

JP2

(No Jumper)

Figure 2-8. Settings for Pin Jumpers on Galil PCB

Troubleshooting 2-13
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

JP1

NOTE: Some boards may contain a TEST/RUN


JP3 switch at this location. If present, it must
be set to the RUN position (toggle lever
to the right).

Figure 2-9. Settings for Pin Jumpers on KVP and Filament Control PCB

S2-1 ON S2-5 OFF


S2-2 OFF S2-6 OFF
S2-3 OFF S2-7 ON
S2-4 OFF S2-8 ON

S1-1 ON S1-5 ON
S1-2 OFF S1-6 ON
S1-3 ON S1-7 ON
S1-4 ON S1-8 OFF

S3-1 ON S3-5 OFF S4-1 OFF S4-5 ON


S3-2 OFF S3-6 ON S4-2 ON S4-6 ON
S3-3 OFF S3-7 ON S4-3 OFF S4-7 OFF
S3-4 OFF S3-8 ON S4-4 ON S4-8 OFF

Figure 2-10. Settings for Switches on Strain Gauge Amplifier PCB

2-14 Troubleshooting
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

JP1

JP2
(No Jumper)
JP5

JP3
(No Jumper)

JP4

JP6

JP7
JP8
(No Jumper)
JP9

(No Jumper)

Figure 2-11. Settings for Pin Jumpers on Digital Mammo CPU PCB

2-4-2 Circuit Boards in the Review Station Computers


The DOME® M5-PCI™ Display Controller in the review station
computer contains configuration switches and jumpers. The
switches and jumpers on this board were properly set during factory
testing and should never have to be changed.
The correct settings for these components are described in the
manufacturer’s documentation provided with the circuit board.

Troubleshooting 2-15
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

JP1
JP13
J2

Figure 2-12. Settings for Pin Jumpers on Filter/Collimator PCB

2-5 STATUS AND FAULT INDICATORS ON CIRCUIT BOARDS

2-5-1 Generator Circuit Boards


On-board LED’s are used on some circuit boards in the SenoScan
generator cabinet to indicate various status and fault conditions.
These indicators can be helpful when diagnosing system problems
because they allow you to easily determine certain system states
and/or conditions, and the presence of required voltages by simply
observing the LED indicators.
Indicators on the System Interface circuit board (SIB) and the VME
circuit board can be seen at the front of the card cage when the front
cover is removed from the SenoScan generator cabinet.
Indicators on the kVp and Filament Control circuit board and the
Digital Mammo CPU circuit board can be seen when the front cover
is removed from the SenoScan generator cabinet and the hinged
cover on the inverter assembly is open.

2-16 Troubleshooting
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

+12 Vdc -12 Vdc +5 Vdc +24 Vdc -15 Vdc +15 Vdc
(D40) (D41) (D42) (D43) (D44) (D45)

Figure 2-13. Status/Fault Indicators on System Interface Board (SIB)

2-5-1-1 System Interface Board (SIB)


Six white LED indicators on the lower portion of the SIB illuminate
when the voltages represented by each of those LED’s are present at
the circuit board. Figure 2-13 shows the location of each LED on
the SIB and the voltage that each represents.
During normal system operation, all 6 LED’s must be illuminated.

2-5-1-2 VME Controller Circuit Board


LED indicators on the VME front panel bracket illuminate to
indicate VME status and condition states as shown in Figure 2-14.

Fail (red LED) STAT (Status) (yellow LED)


Lights when an on-board failure is Lights when the processor is in a halted
detected or Reset is active. state, i.e., when an Abort or Reset exists.
RUN (green LED) SCON (green LED)
Lights when one of the local bus Lights when the VMEchip2 is the
masters is executing a local bus VME bus system controller. This LED
cycle. This LED is always lighted. is always lighted.
LAN (green LED) Fuse (green LED)
Lights when the LAN chip is local Lights when +12V power is available
bus master. This LED is never lighted. to the on-board Ethernet transceiver
interface. This LED is always lighted.
SCSI (green)
This LED is never lighted. VME (green LED)
Lights when the VME board is using
(Abort Switch) the VME bus or when the VME board
is accessed by the VME bus. This LED
(Reset Switch) will flicker occasionally and randomly
during normal system operation.

Figure 2-14. LED Indicators on VME Board (-01 configuration shown, -P244L similar)

Troubleshooting 2-17
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

UV (CR1 - green LED) lights to indicate FIL OC (CR4 - green LED) lights to indicate
that kVp undervoltage monitoring circuitry that filament overcurrent monitoring circuitry
is operational. This LED is always lighted. is operational. This LED is always lighted.

OV (CR2 - green LED) lights to indicate IGBT FAULT (CR64 - green LED)
that kVp overvoltage monitoring circuitry lights to indicate that a fault has
is operational. This LED is always lighted. been detected in the IGBT circuitry.

TUBE OC (CR5 - green LED) lights to indicate TEST MODE (CR65 - green LED)
that x-ray tube overcurrent monitoring circuitry usually hard-wired for RUN mode.
is operational. This LED is always lighted. If a switch is present, it must be
set to the OFF ( ON OFF) position.
This LED should never be lighted.

Figure 2-15. Status/Fault Indicators on kVP and Filament Control PCB

2-5-1-3 kVp and Filament Control Circuit Board


This circuit board contains 6 LED’s to indicate the operational status
of specific on-board monitoring circuitry. As such, some of the
LED’s must be illuminated and others must be extinguished at all
times during normal operation. Refer to Figure 2-15.
On most boards, a hard-wired jumper, that permanently selects the
Run mode, is located to the left of Test Mode LED CR65. However,
some board configurations may contain a Test Mode/Run switch in
place of the jumper. If the switch is present, it must be set to the
RUN position at all times.

2-18 Troubleshooting
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

CR8
Not an indicator
in the current
configuration. IGBT FAULT
This LED will (CR7) lights when
not light. IGBT circuitry is
operational. This
LED will be dark
when an IGBT
fault is detected.

EIP (CR30)
(Exposure-in-Progress)
lights when generator
is driving the tube
to produce x-rays.

GEN RDY (CR29) RESET (CR31)


lights when the lights to indicate
generator is ready that generator
(x-ray prep) to take is being reset.
an exposure.

Figure 2-16. Status/Fault Indicators on Digital Mammo CPU PCB

2-5-1-4 Digital Mammo CPU Circuit Board


The locations and functions of the LED indicators on the Digital
Mammo CPU circuit board are shown in Figure 2-16.

2-5-1-5 Unregulated Power Supply Circuit Board


The locations and functions of the LED indicators on the
Unregulated Power supply circuit board are shown in Figure 2-17.

Troubleshooting 2-19
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Compression Motor Power


(CR1) lights to indicate that
the compression motor
power circuitry is functional.

Emergency Stop (CR2)


lights when the system is in
an emergency stop state.

Rot. Motor Power (CR3)


lights to indicate that the
rotation motor power
circuitry is functional.

Figure 2-17. Status/Fault Indicators on Unregulated Power Supply Circuit Board

2-20 Troubleshooting
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

Note: All LED’s are lighted CR3 lights to indicate that the +18 Vdc
for normal operation. regulator circuit is functional.

CR5 lights to CR4 lights to


indicate that indicate that
-15 Vdc is the +6.5 Vdc
being applied regulator circuit
to the Camera is functional.
Power Supply
circuit board.

Figure 2-18. Status/Fault Indicators on Camera Power Supply Circuit Board

2-5-1-6 Camera Power Supply Circuit Board


The locations and functions of the LED indicators on the Camera
Power Supply circuit board are shown in Figure 2-18. All LED’s
are lighted for normal operation.

2-5-2 Gantry Circuit Boards

2-5-2-1 Power Distribution Circuit Board


The locations and functions of the LED indicators on the Power
Distribution circuit board are shown in Figure 2-19. All LED’s are
lighted for normal operation.

-12V (CR1) lights to


indicate -12 Vdc is
present on the PCB.
To front
of gantry
+12V (CR2) lights to
indicate +12 Vdc is
present on the PCB.

Note: All LED’s +24V (CR3) lights to


are lighted for indicate +24 Vdc is
normal operation. present on the PCB.

Figure 2-19. Status/Fault Indicators on Power Distribution Circuit Board

Troubleshooting 2-21
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

2-5-2-2 Light Field Control Circuit Board


The locations and functions of the LED indicators on the Light Field
Control circuit board are shown in Figure 2-20.

Note: The Power LED


lights and the
One Sec Heart Beat
LED blinks for
normal operation.
Power lights to
indicate +24 Vdc is
present on the PCB.

Light Field lights to


indicate the bulb is
turned on.

One Sec Heart Beat


blinks to indicate
the software is running.

Figure 2-20. Status/Fault Indicators on Light Field Control Circuit Board

2-22 Troubleshooting
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

2-6 VME INTERFACE AND DEBUG PROTOCOL


The built-in VME interface and Debug port is accessible by means
of a dumb terminal and a serial cable which connects to a connector
on the VME Controller printed circuit board located in the card cage
in the SenoScan generator cabinet. Typically, the dumb terminal
consists of a laptop personal computer running a DOS or Windows-
based operating system and a terminal emulation program such as
Pro-Comm, PCplus, HyperTerminal, or equivalent.

2-6-1 Connecting to the VME Debug Port/VME Interface


1. Set the circuit breaker on the SenoScan generator cabinet to the
OFF position.
2. Remove the front cover from the generator cabinet.
3. Disconnect the system cable from the Serial Port 1/Console
connector on the edge of the VME Controller circuit board in
card cage E1A1C5D3 in the generator. This is the VME Debug
Port. Refer to Figure 2-20 for location of connector and to
Figure 2-21 for the configuration of the serial communication
cable.

Generator Card Cage

Abort Button

Reset Button

Serial Port 1/Console


Connector
(VME Debug Port)

Serial cable from


laptop computer
connected in place
of system cable.

Disconnect system
cable

Figure 2-21. VME Debug Port Connection

Troubleshooting 2-23
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

DB25
VME Controller PCB
Laptop DB9 2
Computer 3
1 Serial Port 1/Console
Serial Connector
Port 3
4 7

Figure 2-22. Cable Configuration for Use With VME Debug Port

4. Connect the serial cable to the VME PCB in place of the system
cable you removed in step 3.
5. Connect the other end of the cable to the serial port on the laptop
computer.
6. Turn the laptop computer ON. After bootup, start the terminal
emulation/communication program. Set the following
communications parameters:
baud rate = 9600
parity bit = no
data word = 8 bit
stop bit = 1
hardware flow control = Xon
7. At the left front corner of the generator cabinet, pull the
interlock switch plunger out to its extended position.
8. Set the circuit breaker on the SenoScan generator to the ON
position.
9. The laptop computer will display the following message:
Loading Galil Program . . . Done.
When the Galil program loading is complete, the gantry will
perform a detector scanning motion.
10. When the scanning motion is complete, type the lower case letter
d on the laptop to enable the Debug Terminal Display function.
11. The VME debug terminal is now functional and ready for use.

2-6-2 VME Command Protocol


The commands and interrogates available via the VME interface are
listed in Table 2-5. Commands listed as Reserved in Table 2-5 are
for FACTORY USE ONLY. They are NOT intended for field use.

Caution The VME Debug terminal uses resources which may adversely
impact some image-related timing functions. To ensure
accurate image data, turn the VME Debug terminal OFF (by
typing a command d) before measuring or adjusting image data.

2-24 Troubleshooting
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

Table 2-5. VME Debug Terminal Commands Table 2-5. VME Debug Terminal Commands (Continued)

Command Description/Function/Purpose Command Description/Function/Purpose


Esc Display command menu. Also used as Exit command in some modes. m Enable/Disable (toggle) Collimator Back Blade calibration (use ESC to exit).
0 Set filter to position 0. M Reserved
1 Set filter to position 1. n Set High Resolution (Zoom) mode.
2 Set filter to position 2. N Command Switch status screen.
3 Toggle Filter/Collimator Interrogation On and Off. o Toggle between 3 and 4 CCD output from the image detector.
4 Set ROI area to 0 – 4095. O Enable/Disable (toggle) Angiography mode.
5 Set ROI area to 2048 – 6143. p Position image detector. Use 0 - 1 for range. (Example: 0.5 moves detector to mid scan.)
6 Set ROI area to 4096 – 8191. P Reserved
7 Set camera gain to X1. q Display contents of NVRAM at debug terminal. When pressed repeatedly, will cycle
through display of 3 separate NVRAM windows.
8 Set camera gain to X2.
Q Reserved
9 Set camera gain to X4.
r Enable Rotation Calibration at the VME.
a Toggle Auto Decompression mode On and Off
R Reserved
A Display GALIL axis buffers.
s Enable Scanned Image Acquisition at the VME.
b Set VME firmware and detector to High Resolution mode.
S Display Status screen.
B Toggle x-ray tube rotor between Brake and Boost.
t Toggle Camera mode between Normal and Digital Test.
c Enable Compression Calibration at VME.
T Reserved.
C Clear the Debug Terminal display.
v Get Gantry Version information.
d Enable/Disable (toggle) the Debug Terminal display.
V Reserved.
e Enable the life test mode at the VME.
W Set Compression Screw leads.
E Display the Parameter Entry screen.
x Enable/Disable (toggle) x-ray.
f Enable Full Frame image acquisition.
X Return to NVRAM utilities.
F Run Compression Force calibration.
y Reserved.
g GALIL Command Enter.
Y Reserved.
G Reserved
* Reserved.
h Reserved
Shift 0 - ) Place camera into Normal mode.
H Reserved
Shift 1 - ! Place camera into CCD Offset mode.
i Display I/O information at the debug terminal.
Shift 2 - @ Place camera into Digital Test mode.
j Perform Swing Calibration at the VME.
Shift 3 - # Place camera into Analog/Digital Test mode.
J Reserved
| Sequence through entry choices on Parameter Entry screen. (character is a vertical bar)
k Enable/Disable (toggle) the automatic update of the generator technique.
+ Increment current parameter on screen.
K Generator task state.
- Decrement current parameter on screen.
l Display the limit switch values at the debug terminal.
L Enable/Disable (toggle) x-ray interlock mode.

Troubleshooting 2-25/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 2

2-7 VME SELF TEST


The VME Controller circuit board contains built-in diagnostic
routines designed to detect failures of critical board functions.
Whenever abnormal VME function is suspected, the self-test routine
should be accomplished to verify that the VME Controller circuit
board is fully functional.
Use the following procedure to run the VME self-test routine.
1. Connect the laptop computer to the VME debug port and then
initialize the computer as a debug terminal using the procedure
described in pargraph 2-6, steps 1 through 11.
2. While the debug terminal is running (debug terminal display is
functioning), press the RESET button on the VME Controller
board front bracket. Wait until you see that a Cold Start is in
progress, as indicated on the terminal screen, then press the
ABORT button to halt the VME bootup. The 162-Bug> prompt
will be displayed on the debug terminal.
Abort
Button 3. At the debug terminal keyboard, type sd and then press Enter to
toggle from the VME Debug directory to the VME Diagnostic
directory. The 162-Diag> prompt will be displayed.
Reset 4. At the debug terminal keyboard, type st and press Enter to
Button initiate the self-test routine.
Observe the tests as they are being run. The name of each test is
displayed on the terminal screen as it is run, followed by the
word pass, bypass, or fail when that test is completed as shown
in the following examples:
LANC ILB Internal Loopback......Running → Bypass
SCC IRQ Interrupt Request......Running → Pass
A fully functional VME Controller board will yield only pass
and bypass test results.
Any fail test results indicate a faulty VME Controller circuit
board.
5. At the completion of the VME self test routine, the 162-Diag>
prompt will reappear.
Note: Be patient, the complete test routine may take several minutes to
complete and may appear to halt on some tests. The flashing
cursor is an indication that the test is still running.
6. Type sd and press Enter at the terminal keyboard to toggle back
to the Debug directory. The 162-Bug> prompt will be
displayed.
7. Press the RESET button and allow the VME Controller to
reboot in order to restore normal VME interface operation.

Troubleshooting 2-27
Issue 1, Revision 2 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Reserved for future use.

2-28 Troubleshooting
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

SECTION 3

ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES

3-1 GENERAL
This section provides instructions for all SenoScan adjustments and
calibrations that can be accomplished in the field.
In this section, references to the left or right side of the gantry are as
viewed from the patient’s position.
Locations on the breast support surface are defined relative to the
patient’s position, and are expressed as chest wall, nipple side, right,
and left sides.
References to the left, right, or back sides of the generator are as
viewed from the front side of the generator cabinet.

Note: Some adjustments and calibrations described in this section re-


quire that you login to the SenoScan as an Administrator so that
you can access specific administration screens and make adjust-
ments that are not accessible to other users. Be sure that you can
log into the system as an administrator before attempting these
procedures.

Caution The x-ray tube may be damaged if the rotor is in the boosted
state when you set the generator circuit breaker to OFF to shut
down the system. To ensure that the rotor has been braked, left
click on the Lock System button on the Main Menu screen at the
acquisition station before setting the generator circuit breaker
to OFF.

If you are operating the SenoScan via the VME debug terminal,
you can determine the boost state of the rotor by observing the
indication for the X-RAY ROTOR: listing in the VME terminal
display. If RUNNING is indicated for the X-RAY ROTOR:
status, type a B (shift b) command on the VME terminal
keyboard to toggle from the boosted state to the brake state.
When the VME terminal displays the X-RAY ROTOR: status as
STOPPED, you may safely set the generator circuit breaker to
OFF.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-1


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-2 REQUIRED TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT


The tools and test equipment items needed to accomplish the
adjustment and calibration procedures described in this section are
listed in Table 3-1. Items that are not identified by specific part
numbers are locally acquired.

Table 3-1. Tools and Test Equipment Needed for Adjustment and Calibration

Tool/Test Equipment Purpose (used in paragraph number)

Laptop computer with a


communications program
(such as ProComm) To access and communicate with built-in VME and generator debug
functions. (3-3-1-1, 3-3-1-3, 3-4-2, 3-4-6-1, and 3-4-6-2)
VME Debug Cable (RS-232)
P/N 105212G

Inverter Test Cable To allow inverter setup and adjustments from generator cabinet
P/N 94649G without need to use acquisition station. (3-4-2)

Camera Power Supply To measure/adjust power supply output voltages to image detector.
Breakout Cable P/N 105214G (3-4-9)

Motion Control Test Cable To control rotation and elevation motion of gantry when covers are
P/N 105213G removed. (3-3)

Inclinometer or smart level To measure gantry rotation angles. (3-3-1-1)

Tape Measure To measure travel of compression assembly. (3-3-1-3)

Bathroom Scale or Force Gauge


To measure/adjust compression force. (3-3-3)
(Mark-10 Model EG-100 or
To measure/adjust compression force display calibration. (3-5)
equivalent)

Combination Square To coarsely align image detector to gantry scan axis. (3-4-3-2)

Line-pair Phantom
To measure detector alignment and scanning speed accuracy.
(Fischer P/N 104373-1 or
(3-4-3-2 and 3-4-4)
Nuclear Associates P/N 07-525)

Phosphor Screen To align image detector and x-ray field size. (3-4-6)

Radiographic Ruler
To align x-ray field to breast support markings and adjust collimator
(Nuclear Associates
back blade. (3-4-6-1 and 3-4-6-2)
P/N 07-533 or equivalent)

Oscilloscope, Digital Storage


(Hitachi VC-6524, Tektronix To observe waveforms and measure outputs. (3-4-1 and 3-4-2)
TDS1012, or equivalent)

3-2 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Table 3-1. Tools and Test Equipment Needed for Adjustment and Calibration (Continued)

Tool/Test Equipment Purpose (used in paragraph number)

Multimeter (Fluke 87 or To measure voltage, current, and resistance values. (3-4-8-1,


equivalent) 3-4-8-3, and 3-4-10)

Feeler gauge or calipers To measure/verify collimator aperture size. (3-7-1)

Flat Field Phantom To determine automatic technique detector index and paddle(s)
(3.6 cm acrylic plate) indices. (3-7-2 through 3-7-6)

To indicate a region of interest on flat field phantom. (3-4-3-2, 3-7-2,


Masking Tape
and 3-7-6)

Precision Metric Steel Scale


To determine paddle offset for automatic technique calibration.
2 Steel Rods, (3-7-6)
1/8" square, 4" long

To calculate index values for automatic technique calibration. (3-7-1


Calculator
through 3-7-8)

BR12 Breast Equivalent


To verify automatic technique operation. (3-7-9)
Phantom Material (2 cm)

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-3


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-3 MOTION ADJUSTMENTS


Motion adjustments consist of gantry compression, rotation, and
elevation limit switches, rotation potentiometer setting, motor
current adjustments, and compression, rotation, and elevation drive
calibrations. Generally, limit switch adjustments and the associated
drive calibration should be performed together.

Note: To facilitate rotation and elevation drive when the gantry side
covers are removed, connect the Motion Control Test Cable
105213G in place of the cover.

3-3-1 Limit Switches


The SenoScan gantry utilizes limit switches to establish maximum
travel of all motorized motions. Adjustment of all limit switches is
accomplished by the physical relationship of the actuator arm on the
switch to a cam surface. Adjustment of the rotation and
compression drives limit switches must be accomplished in
conjunction with the VME calibration procedures for these
functions.

Note: Mark the exact location and orientation of a faulty limit switch
before removing it so that the replacement can be installed in the
identical position.

3-3-1-1 Rotation Limit Switches and Rotation Calibration (VME)


Adjustment of the rotation limit switches is required only when a
switch has been replaced and must be accomplished in conjunction
with the rotation calibration procedure.
The rotation calibration procedure requires the use of a laptop
computer containing a communication program and VME Debug
Cable 105212G (RS-232).
The rotation limit switches are adjusted by changing the positioning
of two actuator cams on the rotation drive sprocket.

Note: The rotation potentiometer should be properly adjusted before


performing this procedure.

1. Remove the I/O panel cover, lower rear cover, and rear cosmetic
cover from the back side of the gantry column (paragraph
4-2-3-1).
2. Remove the column back plate from the gantry column
(paragraph 4-2-4-1).
3. Using tape, attach an inclinometer/protractor or smart level to
the top surface of the compression paddle attachment block.

3-4 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

+125° CW
Limit Switch

-187° CCW
Limit Switch

+125° CW Cam

-187° CCW Cam

Figure 3-1. Rotation Limit Switch Adjustments (gantry at 0°)


This surface is square to the gantry arm and will be used as the
reference for rotational positioning. Leave the inclinometer in
place until the limit switch and rotation calibration adjustments
are complete.
4. Apply power to the system.
5. Position the gantry arm to -187° (±2°) rotation as measured with
the inclinometer/protractor or smart level.
6. Refer to Figure 3-1. Loosen the two hex head screws (9/64 hex
key) that secure the 187° cam (short cam) to the rotation drive
sprocket and position the cam against the limit switch to just
depress (switch opens) the limit switch plunger. A distinct click
is audible when the switch opens.
When the correct positioning is achieved, tighten the two hex
head screws to secure the cam in position.
7. Position the gantry arm to +125° (±2°) rotation as measured with
the inclinometer/protractor or smart level.
8. Loosen the two hex head screws (9/64 hex key) that secure the
+125° cam to the rotation drive sprocket and position the cam
against the limit switch to just depress (switch opens) the limit
switch plunger. A distinct click is audible when the switch
opens.
When the correct positioning is achieved, tighten the two hex
head screws to secure the cam in position.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-5


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Generator Card Cage

Abort Button

Reset Button

Serial Port 1/Console


Connector
(VME Debug Port)

Serial cable from


laptop computer
connected in place
of system cable.

Disconnect system
cable

Figure 3-2. VME Debug Port Connection

9. Connect the laptop computer to the VME Debug port by means


of the serial cable. See Figure 3-2 for location of VME Debug
Port connector on the VME PCB in the generator card cage.
10. Turn the computer ON and start the communication program.
Set the following communication parameters:
baud rate = 9600
parity bit = no
data word = 8 bit
stop bit = 1
software flow control = Xon
11. Set the circuit breaker on the SenoScan generator to ON.
12. The laptop will display the following message and will initiate a
detector scanning motion.
Loading Galil Program ...Done.
13. When the scanning motion is complete, type the letter "r" (do
not type the quotes) on the laptop keyboard to enter the rotation
calibration mode.

3-6 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

14. Verify that the rotation calibration mode is indicated on the


laptop display, then press and hold the compression footswitch.
The gantry arm should rotate CCW until the -187° limit switch
is engaged, stop momentarily, then rotate CW until the +125°
limit switch is engaged. Again, the gantry arm will stop
momentarily then rotate CCW to the 0° position and stop.
15. Release the footswitch.
16. Read the physical rotation angle of the gantry arm from the
inclinometer/protractor or smart level. It should be 0° ± 1°. Also
observe the LED display at the base of the gantry column. It also
should read 0° ±1°.
17. If the actual rotation position and/or the LED display value is not
within ± 1° of zero, you must reset the -187° limit switch
activation cam to compensate for the error.
If the gantry arm has stopped on the negative (CCW) side of true
0°, move the -187° limit switch activating cam farther away
from the +125° activating cam on the rotation drive sprocket.
If the gantry arm has stopped on the positive (CW) side of true
0°, move the -187° limit switch activating cam closer to the
+125° activating cam on the rotation drive sprocket.
18. If necessary, repeat steps 13 through 17 until the physical
position of the gantry arm rotation and the rotation angle
displayed on the LED display are both 0° ±1°.
19. When the rotation calibration is satisfactory, install the column
back plate and column covers.

3-3-1-2 Elevation Limit Switches


Elevation limit switches are adjusted only if they have been
replaced. The purpose of the elevation limit switches is to prevent
the elevation actuator from running into its travel limits.

3-3-1-2-1 Maximum Elevation Limit

Maximum elevation of the gantry column is determined by the


positioning of the limit switch located at the bottom front side of the
middle plate inside the gantry column. This switch was correctly
adjusted during assembly at the factory and is not accessible for
adjustment in the field.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-7


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-3-1-2-2 Minimum Elevation Limit Switch

1. Minimum elevation of the gantry column is determined by the


position of the limit switch located at the upper edge of front side
of the middle plate inside the gantry column. See Figure 3-3.
2. Remove front cover from gantry column (paragraph 4-2-3-1).
3. Remove top cap from gantry column (paragraph 4-2-5-1).
4. Press any gantry elevation control to lower the gantry column to
its minimum height.
5. Observe the clearance between the lower edge of the outer
column and the baseplate. It should be within 0.2 in ± 0.1 in
(5 mm ± 1 mm) but must not touch the baseplate.
6. If the column to baseplate clearance is excessive, adjust the
position of the minimum elevation limit switch by loosening the
bracket screws and moving the switch body in relation to the
actuating cam. Moving the switch up so that the switch follower
to cam contact is delayed as the column is lowered will decrease
the column to baseplate clearance. After repositioning the
switch, tighten the bracket screws.

Switch Follower

Switch Body

Bracket Screws
(Loosen from
other side to
adjust switch.)

Actuating Cam

Figure 3-3. Minimum Elevation Limit Switch (viewed from left side of column)

3-8 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

7. Press any gantry elevation control to raise the column several


inches and then lower the column until it stops. Again, observe
the clearance between the lower edge of the outer column and
the baseplate to ensure a correct clearance.
8. Repeat steps 4 through 7 as necessary to obtain a correct
clearance.
9. Install top cap on gantry column.
10. Install front cover on gantry column.

3-3-1-3 Compression Drive Limit Switches and Compression Calibration (VME)


Adjustment of the compression drive limit switches is required only
when a switch has been replaced. The VME compression drive
calibration procedure must be performed in order to assure correct
switch adjustment.
The compression drive utilizes two identical limit switches arranged
as shown in Figure 3-4. Adjustment is achieved by loosening the
mounting screws and moving the switch(s) in and out and/or rotating
the switch(s) in relation to the actuating cam on the compression
block assembly.
The adjustment procedure is as follows:
1. Rotate the gantry arm to 0°.
2. Remove the covers from the gantry arm (paragraph 4-2-1).

Upper Limit Switch

Actuating Cam

Lower Limit Switch

Figure 3-4. Compression Drive Limit Switch Adjustments

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-9


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3. Insert a standard compression paddle in the paddle attachment


block.
4. Connect the laptop computer to the VME Debug port by means
of the serial cable. See Figure 3-2 for location of VME Debug
Port connector on the VME PCB in the generator card cage.
5. Turn the computer ON and start the communication program.
Set the following communication parameters:
baud rate = 9600
parity bit = no
data word = 8 bit
stop bit = 1
software flow control = Xon
6. Set the circuit breaker on the SenoScan generator to ON.
7. The laptop will display the following message and will initiate a
detector scanning motion.
Loading Galil Program ...Done.
8. When the scanning motion is complete, type the letter "c" (do
not type the quotes) on the laptop keyboard to enter the
compression calibration mode. The following message will
appear in the bottom left portion of the terminal display:
Compress Cal Mode On...
The "c" key is a toggle command. If you press it again, the
compression calibration mode will be turned off.
9. Press and hold the RELEASE side of the compression
footswitch. The compression paddle will move up to the upper
limit switch, activate the switch, then stop. After a second or so,
the paddle will move down a small distance and stop.
10. The following message will be displayed in the lower left
portion of the terminal screen:
Measure and Enter Compression Travel
(cms):cc.m
Measure the distance between the bottom of the compression
paddle and the surface of the breast support. Measure at the
center front edge of the paddle and breast support.
11. Using the terminal keyboard, enter the measured distance in cm
and press the Enter key. The following message will be
displayed in the lower left portion of the terminal screen:
Press a footswitch to continue.

3-10 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

12. Press and hold the COMPRESS side of either footswitch. The
paddle will move down to the lower limit switch, activate the
switch, then stop. After a second or so, the paddle will move up
a small distance and stop.
13. The following message will be displayed in the lower left
portion of the terminal screen:
Measure and Enter Compression Travel
(cms):m
Measure the distance between the bottom of the compression
paddle and the surface of the breast support. Measure at the
center front edge of the paddle and breast support.
14. Using the terminal keyboard, enter the measured distance in cm
and press the Enter key. The following message will be
displayed in the lower left portion of the terminal screen:
Press a footswitch to continue.
15. Press either footswitch. The paddle will move up and stop at the
approximate mid travel point. The calibration is now complete.
16. Press and hold the RELEASE side of the footswitch. The paddle
will move to its maximum height and stop.
17. Measure the distance between the bottom of the paddle and the
surface of the breast support, then observe the THICKNESS
reading on the LED display at the base of the gantry column.
The measurement and the display should agree. Both should be
21 cm ±0.5 cm.

Caution DO NOT allow the paddle to contact the surface of the breast
support in the following step. If contact appears imminent,
immediately release the footswitch.

18. Press and hold the COMPRESS side of either footswitch. The
paddle will move to its minimum height and stop. DO NOT
allow the paddle to contact the breast support.
19. Measure the distance between the bottom of the paddle and the
surface of the breast support, then observe the THICKNESS
reading on the LED display at the base of the gantry column.
The measurement and the display should agree. Both should be
1 cm ±0.5 cm.
20. If either measurement/reading in steps 17 and/or 19 is not within
specification, readjust the appropriate limit switch to change the
travel limit.
For example, if the measurement and LED display indicate 2 cm
when the paddle is fully lowered (step 19), you must move the
lower limit switch down approximately 1 cm.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-11


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

21. If you readjust either limit switch, you must repeat the
compression calibration described in steps 8 through 19.

3-3-2 Rotation Potentiometer Adjustment


This adjustment is required after replacement of the rotation
potentiometer, its drive belt, or the rotation idler assembly.
1. Gain access to interior of gantry column.
- Remove back covers from gantry column (para 5-2-3).
- Remove back plate from gantry column (para 5-2-4).
2. Remove top cap from gantry column (para 5-2-5).
3. Apply power to system and position gantry arm to +30° rotation.
Measure the rotation angle with a level.
4. Remove power from system.
5. Remove connector J14 from Power Distribution PCB
E1B1A1A1B1.
6. Using ohmmeter, measure resistance between pins 8 and 9 of J14
to verify that the resistance of the potentiometer is 1 KΩ. See
Figure 3-5. Measure between pins 7 and 8 of connector J14.
Your reading should be exactly half of that measured in step 6
(500Ω). If not, proceed with the following steps.
7. Loosen the potentiometer mounting plate screws then move the
potentiometer mounting plate down to loosen the drive belt so
the potentiometer pulley can be rotated.
8. Rotate the potentiometer pulley to get an ohmmeter reading of
500Ω ±10%.

J14
Potentiometer
8

7 1 KΩ

9
(Connections)
Potentiometer
Mount Screws

Tension belt for 1 in.


between spans

Figure 3-5. Rotation Potentiometer Adjustment

3-12 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

9. Hold the potentiometer pulley in the 500Ω position and engage


the drive belt with the potentiometer pulley, then move the
potentiometer mounting plate to tighten the belt. Tighten one
screw enough to hold the mounting plate in position.
10. Adjust the tension of the belt to provide approximately 1 inch
(2.54 cm) separation when you squeeze the midpoint of the two
spans between your thumb and forefinger. Securely tighten both
mounting screws. Verify that the resistance of the potentiometer
is 500Ω ±10% when the gantry is positioned at 30° rotation.
11. Connect J14 to its mating connector on the Power Distribution
PWB.
12. Install top cover on gantry column.
13. Install back plate and back covers on gantry column.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-13


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-3-3 Compression Force Adjustment


Compression force must be adjusted to limit the maximum amount
of compression that can be applied to the patient.
1. Place toweling or equivalent padding on the breast support to
prevent scratching of the breast support surface.
2. Position a bathroom scale, force gauge, or equivalent measuring
device on the toweling. If a scale is used, cover the scale with
toweling to prevent scratching the compression paddle. Be sure
that the readout on the scale is visible as shown in Figure 3-6.

Figure 3-6. Bathroom Scale on Breast Support (typical)

3-14 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

3. Press and hold Compress side of the footswitch to compress the


scale. Hold the footswitch until the compression drive stops.
4. Read the amount of compression being applied to the scale. It
must be in the range of 25 to 45 lbs (111 to 200 newtons) to meet
MQSA requirements. The factory-recommended value for the
maximum compression force is 39 lbs (175 newtons).
5. If adjustment of the maximum force is necessary, proceed with
the following steps.
6. Remove the cover from the right end of the SenoScan generator
cabinet to gain access to the compression amplifier.
7. While observing the readout on the scale or force gage, adjust
R1 CURRENT LIMIT potentiometer on the compression
amplifier to obtain a compression force of 39 lbs (175 newtons).
Compression Amplifier E1A1C4A5 is located on the right end
of the generator cabinet as shown in Figure 3-7. Adjust R1
clockwise to increase compression force, and CCW to reduce
compression force.
8. Release the compression from the scale by pressing on the
Release side of the footswitch, then repeat steps 3 and 4 to ensure
that the maximum compression force is no more than 39 lbs (175
newtons).

R1
Current Limit
Adjust

Compression
Amplifier
E1A1C4A5

Figure 3-7. Compression Force Adjustment Location

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-15


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-3-4 Scan Motor Current Adjustment


This procedure adjusts the scan motor drive current. It must be
accomplished when the scan motor or the scan motor controller is
replaced.
1. Remove the top cap from the gantry column (paragraph 4-2-5-1)
to gain access to the scan motor controller.
2. Remove power from the system by turning the circuit breaker on
the generator cabinet to the OFF position.
3. Disconnect the wire from the BL terminal on the scan motor
controller.
Loosen the BL terminal screw on the terminal strip (see
Figure 3-8).
Pull the BL wire from the terminal strip.
4. Connect the ampere meter in series with the BL wire and the BL
terminal on the controller module. Ensure that the + lead of the
meter is connected to the controller as shown in Figure 3-9.
5. Set the RS1 and RS2 switches on the controller module to
position ’C’.

ACD On/Off
Switch

1P/2P Switch

BL Wire and
Terminal Screw

Power Distribution STOP Trim RUN Trim RS2 RS1 Power


PCB Potentiometer Potentiometer Switch Switch LED

Figure 3-8. Scan Motor Controller Module

3-16 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

(-) A (+) BL
RD Controller
OR Module
GN
BK

Figure 3-9. Ampere Meter Connection to Scan Motor Controller Module

6. Disable the Automatic Current Down (ACD) function by setting


the ACD switch to the OFF position. See Figure 3-8 for location
of ACD switch.
7. Apply power to the system by turning the circuit breaker on the
generator cabinet to the ON position.
8. Adjust the RUN trim potentiometer for a current reading of
2.90A ±0.05A on the ampere meter.
9. Remove power from the system by turning the circuit breaker on
the generator cabinet to the OFF position.
10. Enable the Automatic Current Down (ACD) function by setting
the ACD to the ON position.
11. Apply power to the system by turning the circuit breaker on the
generator cabinet to the ON position.
12. Adjust the STOP trim potentiometer for a current reading of
2.0A ±0.1A on the ampere meter.
13. Remove the carbon fiber breast support (paragraph 4-2-2-1,
steps 1 and 2).
14. Position the gantry arm to +90° rotation.
15. Verify that the scan motor torque is adequate to hold the scan
motor/image detector assembly in its home position at the side
of the detector housing. Because the gantry arm is at 90°
rotation, the motor will be holding the weight of the assembly at
the top of its travel.
16. Press and hold the x-ray switch to make an exposure. Verify that
the scan motor/image detector assembly moves properly and
smoothly throughout its full scanning range.
17. Remove power from the system by turning the circuit breaker on
the generator cabinet to the OFF position.
18. Remove the ampere meter and reconnect the BL wire to the BL
terminal on the controller module.
19. Install the breast support.
20. Install the top cap on the gantry column.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-17


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-4 X-RAY BEAM AND FIELD ADJUSTMENTS


The x-ray beam and field adjustments determine the overall quality
of the acquired image. These adjustments include x-ray tube
calibration, image detector alignment, scan speed adjustment,
collimator adjustments, and x-ray field size alignment.

3-4-1 X-ray Tube Calibration


This procedure adjusts the operating voltages developed by the
generator to the specific x-ray tube. This procedure should be
accomplished when the x-ray tube or the inverter is replaced.
1. Remove the front cover from the generator cabinet (6 turnlock
fasteners, 3 on each side).
2. At the interlock switch at the left front side of the cabinet, pull
the switch plunger to its fully extended position to override the
cover interlock.
3. Connect (1:1 coupling) Channel 1 of the digital storage
oscilloscope to the J1 kVp Monitor connector (BNC) on the
inverter power supply assembly. Refer to Figure 3-10 for the
location of connector. (The scale factor at the kVP Monitor
connector J1 is 1.0 Vdc = 10 kVp.)
4. Connect (1:1 coupling) Channel 2 of the digital storage
oscilloscope to the J2 mA Monitor connector (BNC) on the
inverter power supply assembly. Refer to Figure 3-10 for
location of connector. (The scale factor at the mA Monitor
connector J2 is -1.0 Vdc = 100 mA.)

J1
kVp Monitor

J2
mA Monitor

Hinged Cover on Inverter


Power Supply Assembly

Note: Rotor/filament cable


removed for clarity.

Figure 3-10. Test Connectors on Inverter Power Supply Assembly

3-18 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

5. Set the vertical scale for both channels of the oscilloscope to


1V/div and the timebase to 100 ms/div.
6. Open the hinged cover on the front side of the inverter power
supply (3 screws).
7. Connect the RMS voltmeter across resistor R11 on the Filament
Driver PCB located on the inside of the inverter cover. Refer to
Figure 3-11 for the location of R11.
8. Apply power to the system by turning the circuit breaker on the
generator to ON. If the generator does not power up, check that
the interlock switch plunger is pulled out to the override
position.
9. At the acquisition station, use the Acquire screen to select a
technique of 20 kVp and 80 mA.
10. While observing the RMS voltmeter, press and hold the x-ray
switch to make an exposure. This measurement should be taken
during the boost cycle. Verify that the voltage across R11 is
≤ 2.1 Vac.

U8
R166 R170 R172 R174
R171 R173 R175 R62 R63

9
7 8

kVp & Filament


Control PCB

TP10
(located below
R175)

R11

Filament Driver
PCB

Figure 3-11. Inverter Adjustments and Test Points

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-19


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

11. If the voltage across R11 exceeds 2.1 Vac, adjust the Large
Filament Boost potentiometer R170 on the kVp & Filament
Control PCB to obtain a reading of ≤2.1 Vac. Leave the
voltmeter connected for the time being.
12. Press and hold the x-ray switch to make an exposure. Adjust the
kV Calibrate potentiometer R166 on the kVp & Filament
Control PCB to set the amplitude of the waveform displayed on
channel 1 of the oscilloscope to 2.0 Vdc. Refer to Figure 3-12
for location of R166. Note that this value corresponds to the
20 kVp technique selected in step 8 to ensure that the system is
actually producing the kVP value selected at the Acquire screen.
13. Observe the MA waveform on Channel 2, not the kVp waveform
while performing this step. Press and hold the x-ray switch to
make an exposure. Adjust the Large Filament Boost
potentiometer R170 on the kVp & Filament Control PCB to
achieve the flattest waveform possible (minimum spiking)
during the first 100 ms of the waveform without exceeding 2.1
Vac across resistor R11. Repeat the exposure and adjustment as
many times as necessary to make the adjustment.
14. Press and hold the x-ray switch to make an exposure. Observe
the waveform on channel 2 of the oscilloscope and adjust the
Tube Current Cal potentiometer R63 on the kVp & Filament
Control PCB to achieve a value of -0.80 Vdc. Refer to
Figure 3-9 for location of R63. Note that this value corresponds
to the 80 mA technique value selected in step 8 to ensure that the
system is actually producing the mA value selected at the
Acquire screen.
15. Using a mini-grabber probe, attach the oscilloscope to pin 7 of
U8 on the kVp & Filament Control PCB and then press and hold
the x-ray switch to make an exposure. Refer to the Figure 3-11
for location of U8 and pin 7. Note the voltage at U8-7 during
the exposure.
16. Attach the oscilloscope to TP10 on the kVp & Filament Control
PCB. Use the Large Filament Overcurrent Adjust potentiometer
R175 to set the voltage at TP10 slightly higher than that
measured at U8-7. Typically, this voltage is set approximately
0.5V higher than U8-7.
17. At the acquisition station, use the Acquire screen to select a
technique of 45 kVp and 170 mA.
18. Attach the oscilloscope to U8-9 and make an exposure. Note the
voltage at U8-9 during the exposure.
19. Attach the oscilloscope to U8-8. Use the Large Filament Tube
Over Current potentiometer R173 to set the voltage at U8-8
slightly higher than that measured at U8-9.

3-20 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Caution The setting of R173 protects the x-ray tube from damage by
preventing excessively high filament current. Set the voltage at
U8-8 for the minimum value that will allow an exposure.

Typically, this voltage is set from 0.5 to 1.5V higher than the
voltage at U8-9. Start by setting the voltage to 0.5V higher than
the voltage measured at U8-9 and make an exposure. If the
system allows the exposure, the setting is satisfactory. If the
system will not allow the exposure, increase the voltage setting
at U8-8 and attempt another exposure. Repeat until the system
allows the exposure.
20. Verify the x-ray tube calibration by making exposures at each of
the following techniques:

kVp mA
26 100
30 170
38 210

If the x-ray exposure is successful at all of the technique values,


x-ray tube calibration is complete.
21. Remove all measurement instruments, close and secure the
hinged cover on the inverter, and install the front cover on
generator cabinet.

3-4-2 IGBT Drive Timing


This procedure ensures that enough "dead time" exists in the IGBT
firing sequence to prevent simultaneous or overlapping firing of the
IGBT’s.
1. Set circuit breaker on generator cabinet to OFF.
2. Remove fuses F7 and F9 from C3D1TB2 atop the 3-phase
transformer. Refer to Figure 2-1 for locations.
3. Remove fuses F1 and F2 on the Filament Driver PCB. Refer to
Figure 2-3 for locations.
4. Connect the laptop computer to the DB-9 connector on the
inverter debug cable that exits the left side of the inverter
housing.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-21


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

R206 TP4 TP5

Figure 3-12. kVp and Filament Control PCB

5. Boot the computer on and start the communication program. Set


the following communication parameters:
baud rate =9600
parity bit = no
data word = 8 bit
stop bit = 1
software flow control = Xon
6. Set the circuit breaker on the generator to the ON position. Note
that the inverter will output status information on the debug
terminal computer.
7. Enter the command 4D (or 4d) on the debug terminal computer.
The debug terminal will display a value such as 3000.
8. If the displayed value is not 3000, it must be changed to 3000 by
typing 3000 and pressing the <Enter> key on the debug
terminal. Press <Enter> a second time to return to the prompt.
9. Connect the 2-channel oscilloscope probes to TP4 and TP5 on
the kVp and Filament Control PCB. See Figure 3-12 for
locations of test points. Set the oscilloscope controls to Normal,
5v/div amplitude, and 5 µS/div timebase.
10. From the acquisition station, enter the patient name normally
used for test images, select new study, then set a manual
technique of 37 kVp and 150 mA. Make sure that the automatic
technique checkbox is not checked.

3-22 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Set for 5.6 µsec at 37 kVp and 150 mA.

TP4

TP5

Figure 3-13. TP4 and TP5 Timing Relationship (IGBT dead time)

11. Take the x-ray exposure. Note that an acquisition error message
will be displayed as soon as the x-ray button is pressed.
12. Observe the timing of the two signals on the oscilloscope.
The timing of the two signals is such that the pulses of one signal
are centered between the pulses of the other. The width of the
pulses on each signal are proportional to the kVp used for the
x-ray exposure with the maximum pulse width occurring at
maximum kVp.
Verify that 5.6 microseconds (µsec) of dead time exists between
the pulses. See Figure 3-13.
13. If the timing between pulses is less than 5.6 µsec at 37 kVp and
150 mA, adjust potentiometer R206 approximately 1/2 turn
CCW to narrow the pulse width and repeat steps 11 and 12 until
the dead time interval between pulses is 5.6 µsec. See
Figure 3-12 for location of R206.
14. Reset the technique for 45 kVp and 170 mA and take the x-ray
exposure.
15. Again, observe the timing of the two signals on the oscilloscope.
Verify that at least 6.0 µsec of dead time exists between the
pulses.
16. Set the generator circuit breaker to OFF.
17. Install the 4 fuses removed in steps 2 and 3.
18. Remove the oscilloscope from TP4 and TP5 and connect it to the
J1 kVp Monitor connector on the inverter power supply
assembly (see Figure 3-10 for location).
19. Set the generator circuit breaker to the ON position and take
several x-ray exposures at techniques of 20 kVp and 60 mA to
45 kVp and 170 mA to verify that the kVp output tracks the
selected kVp across the technique range (scale factor at J1 kVp
Monitor connector is 1 Vdc = 10 kVp).

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-23


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-4-3 Detector Alignment


Detector alignment must be accomplished when the image detector
has been replaced or repositioned.

3-4-3-1 Purpose of Alignment


The active area of the image detector consists of 4 charge coupled
devices (CCD), each containing a matrix of 200 columns x 1024
rows of active elements (pixels) for a total active area of 200 x 4096
pixels (54 micron size – standard resolution mode). The columns
run across the narrow dimension of the active area and the rows run
the long dimension of the active area.
The image detector must be oriented to the scan axis so the pixel
columns in the matrix are parallel to the direction of travel as the
detector moves through its scanning range during the x-ray exposure
(i.e., a spot fixed on the breast support surface above the detector
must track parallel along the full length of the pixel columns as the
detector moves under it). This is shown in Figure 3-14. If the pixels
columns in the detector are not parallel to the scan axis, an object is
in the tissue being imaged and may move from pixel column to pixel
column (along the bias) during the scan resulting in smearing in the
processed image and loss of resolution.

Direction of detector movement during scan

Pixel Row
(Total 4096 pixels along the
length of the detector.)

Pixel Column
(Total 200 pixels across
the width of the detector.)

Active
area of
detector
A fixed point on the breast
support surface must track
parallel to the pixel columns
as the detector moves below
during the x-ray scan.

Magnified View of Detector Elements

Figure 3-14. Orientation of Detector Elements Relative to Scan Axis

3-24 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

3-4-3-2 Procedure
1. Remove covers from gantry arm (paragraph 4-2-1-1).
2. Remove carbon fiber breast support and detector housing
(paragraph 4-2-2-1).
3. On the collimator, use the thumbscrews to adjust the left, right,
and front collimator blades to their maximum open positions.
4. Connect VME debug terminal to VME debug port in generator
cabinet, turn system power ON, and then initialize the VME
debug terminal (paragraph 3-6-1, steps 1 through 11).
5. Allow the Acquisition Station computer to bootup. At the login:
prompt, type fic (in lower case) and press Enter.
6. At the password: prompt, type mammo (in lower case) and
press Enter. The Patient screen will be displayed.
7. At the VME debug terminal, use the VME Position Image
Detector command ("p") to position the image detector to the
30% ("0.3") scan position. Verify that the image detector moves
to and stops at 30% of its scanning range.
8. Using a combination square, set the initial position of the
detector so the right side mounting bracket is square to the front
surface of the cable surface block as shown in Figure 3-15.

Set body of square against


cable surface block. Cable Surface Block

Set blade of
square against
mounting
bracket.

Detector
Mounting
Bracket
(right side)

Use VME
command "p"
to position
detector to
30% scan.

Figure 3-15. Set Initial Position of Image Detector With a Combination Square

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-25


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

If necessary loosen the clamp screw (1/4" hex key) that locks the
detector mounting block to the lower end of the scanning arm.
Location of the clamp screw is shown in Figure 3-16. Tighten
the clamp screw after squaring the detector to the cable surface
block.
9. Install the large compression paddle and lower it to its minimum
height so that it just clears the image detector.
10. Affix a piece of masking tape, paper, Post-It Note®, or similar
device to the chest wall edge of the compression paddle so that
it extends down over the end of the image detector as shown in
Figure 3-17. Use a pencil, pen, or marker to draw alignment
reference marks on the paper and the end of the detector as
shown in the figure. Leave this alignment reference aid in
position for the remainder of this procedure.
11. At the VME debug terminal, enter the VME Swing Calibration
command ("j") to allow normal detector scanning operation.
12. Place the line-pair phantom on the chest wall edge of the
compression paddle with the line patterns oriented parallel to
the scan direction as shown below. Tape the line pair test
phantom to the compression paddle to ensure it will be
unaffected by scanning motion vibration.

Direction of scan

Chest Wall Edge of Compression Paddle

13. Enter the unique patient information normally used for test
images into the New Patient/Edit Patient/Find Patient pane on
the Patient screen.
14. Left click on the Save button at the bottom of the New
Patient/Edit Patient/Find Patient screen. The patient name
entered in step 13 will be highlighted in the Patients list.
15. Left click on the Acquire New Study button in the center of the
Patient screen. The Acquire screen will be displayed.
16. Using the Acquire screen, select a technique of 25 kVP and 80
mA. Select High Resolution (place a check mark in the
checkbox).
17. Acquire an image.

3-26 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Lower end of
Scanning Arm

Detector Mount
Block

Detector Mount
Clamp Screw
(use 1/4" hex key)

Detector Mounting
Bracket

Figure 3-16. Detector Adjustment Locking Setscrews

Compression Paddle in
fully lowered position.

Masking tape, Post-it Note®, or


piece of paper affixed to chest
wall edge of compression paddle.

Reference Marks

Image Detector at
30% scan position.

Figure 3-17. Detector Alignment Reference Aid Affixed to Compression Paddle

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-27


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

18. After the image is displayed, double click on the image to


display the Popup Menu bar.
19. In the Popup Menu bar, left click on Analysis to display the
submenu then left click on the Plot button.
20. Press and hold the left mouse button and draw a small
rectangular ROI across the 12.5-line-pair area of the phantom
image as shown in Figure 3-18. Release the mouse button to set
the ROI. A plot display similar to that shown in Figure 3-19 will
be displayed.
– Examine the ROI plot display closely. You should be
able to observe 5 peaks and 4 valleys, similar to those
shown in Figure 3-19, with at least 7% modulation.
To compute the percentage of modulation for the ROI plot:
- Subtract the plot baseline ADU value from the highest
peak ADU value to determine the plot range. (Both
values can be read directly from the ADU amplitude
scale at the left edge of the plot display.)
- By observation, determine which peak and adjacent
valley have the smallest peak-valley difference.
Measure and note the ADU values for this peak and
adjacent valley. (Place the cursor on the peak and read
the ADU value from the screen. Repeat for the value of
the valley.)
- Subtract the valley ADU value from the peak ADU
value to derive the peak-valley difference value.
- Divide the peak-valley difference by the plot range.
- Multiply this value by 100. This is the % modulation.

peak-valley difference
----------------------------------------------------- × 100 = % modulation
plot range

Draw ROI
across the
12.5 line-pair
pattern.

Figure 3-18. Line Pair Phantom Image for Detector Alignment (typical)

3-28 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Highest
Peak
ADU Value
Readout

Peak-Valley
Difference

Plot Range

Baseline
ADU Value
Readout

Figure 3-19. Typical Display for Plot of ROI on 12.5 Line-Pair Phantom

• For Example:
If the value of the highest peak in Figure 3-19 is 905, and the
value of the baseline is 87, the plot range is 818.
In the peak-valley pair with the smallest peak-valley
difference, the value of the peak is 732, and the valley of the
valley is 478. Therefore, the peak-valley difference is 254.
By dividing the peak-valley difference value of 254 by the plot
range value of 818 and then multiplying by 100 we obtain a
percentage of modulation value of 31:
254
--------- × 100 = 31
818
The percentage of modulation value for this example is 31%.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-29


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

21. Note the modulation value.


The minimally acceptable results for the plot of the ROI on the
12.5 line-pair pattern is 5 peaks, 4 valleys, and a minimum of
7% modulation.
Even if these results are obtained, you should complete the
following steps to assure the best performance possible from this
particular system.
22. Reject the image.
23. At the VME debug terminal, enter the Position Image Detector
command ("p"), and then enter "0.3" to set the detector at the
30% scan position. The reference marks you established in step
10 should be in alignment.
24. Loosen the detector mounting block clamp screw just enough to
allow the chest wall end of the image detector to be moved
approximately .005 inch to the left of its original (zero) position
as observed on the alignment reference marks you established in
step 10. Tighten the mounting block clampscrew to hold the
detector in this new position.
25. At the VME debug terminal, enter the VME Swing Calibration
command ("j") to allow normal detector scanning operation.
26. Repeat steps 16 through 21 and note the % modulation for the
plot. Compare the % modulation with that noted in step 21.
- If the % modulation value is higher than that noted in
step 21, repeat steps 22 through 26 to find the detector
alignment that provides the best % modulation value.
This is the best possible detector alignment. Tighten the
clampscrew and recheck.
- If the % modulation value is lower than that noted in step
21, loosen the detector adjustment locking setscrews just
enough to reposition the chest wall end of the image
detector .005 inch to the right of its original (zero)
position. Then repeat steps 22 through 26 to find the
detector alignment that provides the best % modulation
value. This is the best possible detector alignment.
Tighten the lockscrews and recheck.

3-30 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

3-4-4 Scan Speed Calibration


This procedure adjusts the speed at which the scan motor causes the
image detector to move beneath the breast support during the x-ray
exposure. When properly adjusted, the speed (in cm/sec) of the
detector movement in one direction will precisely match (offset) the
internal pixel-to-pixel transfer rate along the pixel columns within
the detector in the opposite direction.
Many of the steps in this procedure are similar to those used in the
detector alignment procedure described in paragraph 3-4-3.
The gantry arm covers and breast support/detector housing do not
have to be removed when accomplishing this procedure.

Note: If the breast support is not installed, place the line pair phantom
on the (fully lowered) compression paddle.

1. Place the line-pair phantom on the breast support with the line
patterns oriented perpendicular to the scan direction as shown
below. (Line patterns will run from chest wall to the nipple side
of the breast support to ensure it will be unaffected by scanning
motion vibration.)

Direction of scan

Chest Wall Edge of Compression Paddle

2. Turn system power ON and allow Acquisition Station computer


to bootup to the CDE (common desktop environment) display.
3. At the CDE login prompt, type fic (in lower case) and press
Enter.
4. At the password prompt, type mammo (in lower case) and press
Enter. The SenoScan User Login box will be displayed.
5. Click on the User Name dropdown menu to display the listing of
users and select Administrator.
6. Type the password assigned to the Administrator into the
password field, then click on the Log On button. The Patient
screen will be displayed.
7. Enter the unique patient information normally used for test
images into the New Patient/Edit Patient/Find Patient pane on
the Patient screen.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-31


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

8. Left click on the Save button at the bottom of the New


Patient/Edit Patient/Find Patient screen. The patient name
entered in step 7 will be highlighted in the Patients list.
9. Left click on the Acquire New Study button in the center of the
Patient screen. The Acquire screen will be displayed.
10. Using the Acquire screen, select a technique of 25 kVP and 80
mA. Select High Resolution (place a check mark in the
checkbox).
11. Acquire an image.
12. After the image is displayed, double click on the image to
display the Popup Menu bar.
13. In the Popup Menu bar, left click on Analysis to display the
submenu then left click on the Plot button.
14. Press and hold the left mouse button and draw a small
rectangular ROI across the 12.5-line-pair area of the phantom
image as shown in Figure 3-20. Release the mouse button to set
the ROI. A plot display similar to that shown in Figure 3-19 will
be displayed.
– Examine the ROI plot display closely. You should be
able to observe 5 peaks and 4 valleys, similar to those
shown in Figure 3-19, with at least 7% modulation.
To compute the percentage of modulation for the ROI plot of
the line pair image:
- Subtract the plot baseline ADU value from the highest
peak ADU value to determine the plot range. (Both
values can be read directly from the ADU amplitude
scale at the left edge of the plot display.)
- By observation, determine which peak and adjacent
valley have the smallest peak-valley difference.

Draw ROI
across the
12.5 line-pair
pattern.

Figure 3-20. Line Pair Phantom Image for Detector Alignment (typical)

3-32 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Measure and note the ADU values for this peak and
adjacent valley. (Place the cursor on the peak and read
the displayed ADU value from the screen. Repeat for the
value of the valley.)
- Subtract the valley ADU value from the peak ADU
value to derive the peak-valley difference value.
- Divide the peak-valley difference by the plot range.
- Multiply this value by 100. This is the % modulation.

peak-valley difference
----------------------------------------------------- × 100 = % modulation
plot range
Note: See step 20 of paragraph 3-4-3-2 for a more detailed example of
how to determine the % modulation value.

15. Note the % modulation value. Write it down, then reject the
image.
16. Left click on the Administration button in the right end of the
Acquire screen header to display the Administration Console
screen.
17. From the left panel of the Administration Console screen, select
Hardware. The VME Hardware screen shown in Figure 3-19
will be displayed.
18. Note the current value of the Scan Speed. Write it down!
19. Place the mouse pointer in the Default Scan Speed field, and use
the increment button to increase the currently displayed Scan

Default
Scan Speed

Save
Button

Figure 3-21. Hardware Administration – VME Screen (typical)

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-33


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Speed value by 50. Left click on the Save button then close the
Administration screen.

Note: The new Scan Speed value is not recognized by the system until
the SenoScan application is restarted.

20. Exit the SenoScan application:


- Exit the Acquire screen and return to the Patient screen
by left clicking on the Complete Study button.
- Right click in the header of the Patient screen to display
the Exit SenoScan button.
- Left click on the Exit SenoScan button to exit the
SenoScan application and return to the CDE desktop.
21. Restart the SenoScan application by repeating steps 3 through 6.
22. Acquire another image and perform a plot of an ROI on the 12.5
line-pair pattern (repeat steps 7 through 15) to see if the %
modulation value has increased or decreased.
• If it has increased over the value recorded in step 15, further
increase the Default Scan Speed value in the Hardware
Administration screen by another 50 points. Repeat the image
acquisition and ROI plot analysis process until the greatest %
modulation value is achieved.
• If is has decreased from the % modulation value recorded in
step 15, use the decrement button to decrease the Default Scan
Speed value in the Hardware Administration screen by 50
points below the value recorded in step 18. Repeat the image
acquisition and ROI plot analysis process until the greatest %
modulation value is achieved.
23. When the maximum % modulation value is achieved, the scan
speed calibration is correctly set.

3-34 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

3-4-5 Collimator Adjustment


The collimator is adjusted by physically setting the front and side
blade positions in the collimator body, and by entering software
offset values which determine the positioning of the motorized rear
blade.

3-4-5-1 Front and Side Blades (Mechanical)


The collimator blades must be adjusted when the x-ray tube,
collimator/filter assembly, or image detector are replaced or
repositioned.
The collimator blades must be adjusted so the x-ray beam fully
illuminates the CCD’s that comprise the active area of the image
detector while constraining the edges of the beam to no more than
1 mm beyond the active area.
1. Remove the side covers from the gantry arm to gain access to the
collimator (paragraph 4-2-1-1).
2. Use a 5/64" hex key to loosen the 6 locking setscrews (see
Figure 3-22) on the sides and front of the collimator.
3. Using the collimator blade adjustment thumbscrews shown in
Figure 3-22, adjust the front and side blades to their fully open
position.
4. Left click on the Administration button in the right side of the
Patient screen header to display the Administration Console
screen.

Side Blade
Thumbscrews
(2 each side)

Front Blade
Thumbscrew

Locking Setscrews
(5/64" hex key) 6 places

Figure 3-22. Collimator Blade Adjust Thumbscrews

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-35


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Start Button

kVp Dropdown
Menu

mA Dropdown
Menu

Step/Status
Display Field

Figure 3-23. Diagnostics – Frame Image Screen (typical)

5. Select the Diagnostics tool to display the Frame Image screen


shown in Figure 3-23.
6. Using the kVp and mA dropdown menus, select technique
values of 25 kVp and 80 mA.
7. Left click on the Start button to initiate the frame image
acquisition. The progress of the frame image acquisition is
displayed in the Step/Status display field.
8. Press and hold the x-ray acquisition button when the prompt
"Please press and hold the x-ray acquisition button" is displayed
in the Step display field. The exposure process may take longer
than a normal exposure, so hold the x-ray button until the audible
x-ray signal is heard. When the image processing is complete a
frame image similar to that shown in Figure 3-24 is displayed.
9. Examine the frame image to ensure that the entire pixel matrix
appears in the image.
• Use the Window and Level sliders to optimize the pixel area
display and the Magnification select buttons to set the image
size.
• The frame image represents the 4 CCD elements that make up
the active pixel area of the image detector (4 CCD elements of
1028 pixels x 200 pixels each). The junction of two CCD
elements appear as a vertical line as shown in Figure 3-24. To
view the full length of the four CCD elements, place the
mouse pointer on the image, press and hold the left mouse
button, then drag the image to the left or right.

3-36 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Menu Pixel Coordinates Window Level Magnification Save


Button and ADU Value Slider Slider Select Button
Readout

Figure 3-24. Frame Image Screen (typical – 2X Magnification shown)

• To accurately measure the size of the currently displayed


pixel field, place the mouse pointer at the point to be
measured. The pixel number (in X-Y coordinates) of the
crosshair location will be displayed along with the ADU value
for that location. For example: when the crosshair is placed
at the lower edge of the image display, the Y coordinate value
may be in the range of 195-205+ (CCD may frequently
contain additional pixels) depending upon placement. When
it is placed at the top edge of the image display, the Y
coordinate may be in the range of 10-12 (some pixels are
obscured by a lead shield at the edge of the pixel field).
10. Using the collimator thumbscrews, move the two side blades
inward until they are clearly visible in the collimator opening.
11. Close the Frame Image screen by left clicking on the Menu
button in the upper left corner of the window to display the
dropdown menu, then select Close.
12. Repeat steps 8 and 9 and observe the frame image for the
presence of the blade edge(s) in the image.
13. Ensure that the blade edges in the image are parallel to the
longitudinal axis of the detector. Place the mouse pointer on the
edge of the blade at each end of the image to determine if any
offset exists.
• One-half (1/2) turn of the adjustment thumbscrew on the
collimator moves the edge of the blade in the image by
approximately 20 pixels (1 mm).

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-37


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

• Adjust either or both thumbscrew(s) on the collimator as


necessary to set the edge of the side blades parallel to the
longitudinal axis of the detector.
• Repeat for the second blade.
14. Repeat steps 8 and 9 to ensure that the blades edges appear
parallel to the longitudinal axis of the detector.
15. Use the mouse pointer placement function to determine how far
the blades must be opened in order to expose the entire 200
pixels that comprise the lateral axis of the detector. (Remember,
approximately 1/2 turn of the collimator thumbscrews will move
the blade edge 20 pixels or 1 mm in the frame image.)
16. On either side, move both thumbscrews in the same direction by
the same amount to maintain blade parallelism.
17. Repeat steps 8 and 9 as necessary until the edges of the two side
blades appear right at the top and bottom edges of the frame
image.
18. Now turn the side blade thumbscrews an additional 1/2 turn to
move the blade edges out approximately 1 mm beyond the active
area.
19. Using the same method, adjust the front blade until it appears at
the chest wall edge of the active area, then adjust the front
thumbscrew an additional 1/2 turn to move the blade edge out
approximately 1 mm beyond the active area.
20. Move the gantry arm to + 90° rotation.
21. Repeat step 8 to acquire a multigrab image.
22. Examine the image for the presence of a side blade in the image.
The blade edge(s) must not show in the image.
If a blade edge is observed, turn the two thumbscrews on the
appropriate side 1/4 turn CW.
23. Move the gantry arm to -90° rotation.
24. Repeat steps 21 and 22.
25. Mechanical adjustment of the collimator is complete. Carefully
tighten the locking setscrews adjacent to the 5 thumbscrews to
lock the adjusted blades in place. Use care that the thumbscrews
are not turned when tightening the locking setscrews.
26. Proceed to the Back Blade Adjustment.

3-38 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

3-4-5-2 Back Blade Adjustment


Adjustment of the collimator back blade is accomplished as a part of
the x-ray field size adjustment procedure.

3-4-6 X-ray Field Size Adjustment


The x-ray field size is determined by the locations of the scanning
motion limit switches and the positioning of the motorized back
blade in the collimator.

3-4-6-1 Scanning Motion Limit Switches


The field size markings on the breast support are applied to represent
the actual x-ray field that existed at the time of manufacture. In the
event that a limit switch must be replaced, the new switch should be
adjusted to match the existing markings.

Note: The following procedure assumes that a scanning motion limit


switch has been replaced but not adjusted.

1. Turn system power OFF by setting the circuit breaker on the


SenoScan generator to OFF.
2. If not already installed, install the detector housing. DO NOT
install the carbon fiber breast support.
3. Connect the laptop computer to the VME debug port by means
of the serial cable. See previously shown Figure 3-2 for location
of the VME Debug Port connector on the VME PCB in the
generator card cage.
4. Turn the computer ON and start the communication program.
Set the following communication parameters:
baud rate = 9600
parity bit = no
data word = 8 bit
stop bit = 1
software flow control = Xon
5. Set the circuit breaker on the SenoScan generator to ON.
6. The laptop will display the following message and will initiate a
detector scanning motion.
Loading Galil program ... Done.
7. When the scanning motion is complete, type the lower case letter
p on the laptop computer to initiate the VME camera position
function. The laptop will display the following:
Enter position of camera (fractional).

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-39


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

- If the newly replaced limit switch is the begin of scan


switch, enter a value of 0 and press enter. The image
detector will drive to the home position as determined by
the begin of scan limit switch and stop.
- If the newly replaced limit switch is the end of scan
switch, enter a value of 1 and press enter. The image
detector will drive to the end of scan position as
determined by the end of scan limit switch and stop.
8. Carefully observe the position of the image detector relative to
the side of the detector housing. The detector mounting bracket
must NOT contact the inside of the housing.
If the detector mounting bracket makes contact with the inside of
the housing, loosen the limit switch and move it in slightly.
Tighten the mounting screws.
9. Repeat step 7 until the clearance is 0.25 ± 0.125 inch (6.35 ±
3.175 mm).
10. Type the lower case letter j 3 times in succession on the laptop.
The detector will return to its home position and then perform a
full scan 3 times in succession. Observe the clearances between
the detector mounting bracket and the inside of the detector
housing at both ends of the scan to ensure that the clearances are
as specified in step 9.
11. Position the gantry arm to +90° rotation and repeat steps 7
through 10 to ensure that the detector mounting bracket does not
contact the inside of the housing.
12. Position the gantry arm to -90° rotation and repeat steps 7
through 10 to ensure that the detector mounting bracket does not
contact the inside of the housing.
13. When you are satisfied with the adjustment of the limit switches,
install the carbon fiber breast support.
14. Place a phosphor screen and a ruler side-by-side over the
standard mode x-ray field marking on the lateral side of the
breast support at which the limit switch was replaced/adjusted as
shown in Figure 3-25. Make sure that the phosphor screen and
ruler are perpendicular to the marking and that a reference mark
on the ruler is aligned with the field size marking. Tape in place
as required.
15. At the acquisition station, select and load a patient name that is
used for test and then select Acquire Exam.

3-40 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Align reference mark


on ruler with x-ray
field size marking on
breast support.

Ruler

Phosphor
Screen

Place phosphor screen and ruler Place phosphor screen and ruler on
on this side when checking adjustment this side when checking adjustment
of the beginning-of-scan limit switch. of the end-of-scan limit switch.

Figure 3-25. Placement of Phosphor Screen and Ruler on Breast Support

16. At the technique screen, select technical factors of 30 kVp and


120 mA. Make sure that High Res is turned OFF.
17. Dim the room lights.
18. Take an exposure while watching the phosphor screen illuminate
with respect to the x-ray field marking.
19. Observe that the edge of the illumination on the phosphor
coincides with the x-ray field marking (±12.8 mm). Use the
ruler to help determine the magnitude of any deviation. Make
note of your measurement.
- If the illumination is within the specified tolerance, the
switch adjustment is correct and the procedure is
complete.
- If the illumination exceeds the specified tolerance, you
must readjust the switch to move the edge of the x-ray
field onto the field size marking. Reposition the switch
and repeat steps 14 through 19 as required to make the
edge of the x-ray field coincide with the field markings.
20. When the actual scanned field size coincides with the breast
support markings, the scanning motion limit switch adjustment
is complete. Proceed to the collimator back blade adjustment.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-41


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-4-6-2 Collimator Back Blade


This adjustment determines the physical position of the motorized
back blade in the collimator. It must be accomplished twice; once in
standard resolution mode, and again in high-res (zoom) mode, in
order to attain the correct back blade positioning in both modes.
1. Place a phosphor screen and a ruler side-by-side over the
standard mode x-ray field marking at the nipple side of the
breast support as shown in Figure 3-26.
Make sure that the phosphor screen and ruler are perpendicular
to the marking and that a reference mark on the ruler is aligned
with the field size marking. Tape in place as required.
2. At the acquisition station, select and load a patient name that is
used for test and then select Acquire Exam.
3. At the technique screen, select technical factors of 30 kVp and
120 mA. Make sure that High Res is turned OFF.
4. Dim the room lights.
5. Take an exposure while watching the phosphor screen illuminate
with respect to the x-ray field marking.
6. Observe that the edge of the edge of the illuminated area on the
phosphor coincides with the x-ray field marking (±12.8 mm).
Use the ruler to help determine the magnitude of any deviation.
Make note of your measurement.

Align reference mark


For high-res mode, on ruler with nipple side
align reference mark field size marking on
on ruler with this breast support.
nipple side field size
marking.

Ruler Phosphor
Screen

Figure 3-26. Placement of Phosphor Screen and Ruler for Back Blade Adjustment

3-42 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

- If the illumination-to-marking relationship is within the


specified tolerance, the back blade adjustment for
standard resolution is correct. Proceed to step 10.
- If the illumination-to-marking relationship exceeds the
specified tolerance, you must adjust the backblade offset.
Proceed to step 7.
7. At the laptop computer connected to the VME debug port, type
the letter m (in lower case) to enable the collimator back blade
calibration function. The laptop screen will display the
following:
Collimator Cal Mode on ...
Enter Standard Position Offset: xxxx.
(XXXX represents the current software offset value that value
determines the position of the back blade. Typically, this value
will be around 4000 for standard resolution mode and 6000 for
High-Res mode.)
To move the back blade inward (to decrease the front-to-back
dimension of the field), you must increase the offset value shown
on the laptop screen. To move the blade outward to increase the
front-to-back dimension of the field, you must decrease the
offset value.
8. Using the deviation you noted in step 7, determine if the current
offset value should be increased or decreased. Overtype to
change the current value by 200.
9. Repeat steps 6 through 9 until the illuminated area on the
phosphor screen coincides with the x-ray field marking
(± 12.8 mm). When the illuminated area is within specification,
proceed with the next step.
10. If necessary, reposition the phosphor screen and ruler over the
nipple side field marking for the High-Res x-ray field. Make
sure that a reference mark on the ruler is aligned with the nipple
side field marking.
11. At the technique screen, set High-Res mode to ON.
12. Repeat steps 6 through 9 for the High-Res mode. Repeat as
necessary to achieve coincidence between the edge of
illuminated area on the phosphor screen and the High-Res x-ray
field marking on the breast support.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-43


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-4-6-3 Daily Calibration Technique Setting Procedure


Use this procedure each time the SenoScan is powered up.
1. Install the breast support.
2. Attach 1.5 mm of Aluminum (such as sheets used for HVL
measurement) to the collimator such that the collimator opening
is fully covered by the Aluminum. Make sure that any tape used
to attach the Aluminum does not intercept the beam path.
3. With nothing in the field of view (except the breast support),
acquire an image with a technique that will give ~1000 ± 150
ADU. A good starting point is 27 kVp, 60 mA.
4. Note the kVp and mA settings used to acquire ~1000 ± 150
ADU. Write them down!
5. Bring up the Administration Console window at the acquisition
station.
6. Click on Daily Calibration.
7. Click on Settings tab.
8. Enter the settings (from step 3 and 4) in the kVp and mA fields.
9. Click on Save.
10. Remove the Aluminum from the collimator opening.

3-4-7 Light Field Alignment Procedure


Before attempting this procedure, the X-ray field size must be
determined using the procedure in Section 3-4-6. The light field
must be larger than the X-ray field.
There are 3 parts to this procedure: Normal Resolution Alignment,
High Resolution Alignment, and Intensity/Contrast Ratio Check.
Extra tools needed: light field adjustment tool and light meter

3-4-7-1 Normal Resolution Alignment


1. Acquire an image in the normal resolution mode and verify that
the blades of the light field collimator are not visible in the X-ray
image.
• If the blades are not visible, skip to step 7.
• If the blades are visible, this indicates that either the mirror or
bulb is not positioned properly. Proceed to the next step.

3-44 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

2. Loosen the appropriate screws on the secondary collimator


securing the bulb (Figure 3-27).

Side to Side Side to Side

Forward/Backward Forward/
Backward

Forward/Backward

Side to Side

Up/Down

Enlarged View

Figure 3-27. Light Bulb Locking Screws

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-45


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3. Adjust the bulb with the appropriate adjustment screw


(Figure 3-28) until that edge of the light beam is aligned with the
breast support markings.

Adjusts bulb
forward and
backward

Adjusts bulb
up and down

Adjusts bulb
side to side

Figure 3-28. Light Bulb Adjustment Screws

4. If a side blade was in the image:


Adjust the bulb until that edge and the back blade are aligned.
Then re-align the opposite side edge by adjusting the blade.
Take another image and verify that all 3 edges are not in the
X-ray image.
5. If the back blade was in the image:
Adjust the bulb until all 3 edges are aligned with the breast
support markings.
Take an image and verify that no blades are visible in the image.
6. Tighten all screws securing the bulb.
7. Use a phosphor screen and make exposures to determine the
difference between the X-ray beam and the markings. Mark the
position of the X-ray beam on a piece of masking tape placed on
the breast support. Repeat for all edges.

3-46 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

8. Measure the distance between each light field edge and the
respective X-ray image marking made in the previous step.
Record the differences on the data sheets.
9. Rotate the gantry 90° CW.
10. Take an image and verify that the blades are not present in the
image. If a blade is present in the image, return to step 4.
11. Rotate the gantry -90° CCW.
12. Take an image and verify that the blades are not present in the
image. If a blade is present in the image, return to step 4.

3-4-7-2 High Resolution Alignment

WARNING To avoid possible eye damage, do not look directly into the light
field lamp during the following procedure.

1. Activate high resolution mode.


2. Turn on the light and visually inspect the position of the back
edge of the light beam. Adjust the "Zoom Control" number and
reactivate high resolution. Repeat this procedure until the back
edge of the light beam is aligned with the back line of the high
resolution breast support marking.
3. Loosen the flat head screws that secure the blades of the high
resolution actuator.
4. Adjust each blade until the light beam is aligned with the high
resolution left and right markings on the breast support.
5. Tighten the flat head screws.
6. Take an X-ray image to verify that the blades do not appear in
the image. If a blade appears in the image, adjust the appropriate
blade until it is no longer visible in the X-ray image.
7. Using the technique in paragraph 3-4-7-1, verify that the X-ray
field and light field meet the 2% SID requirement. If they do not,
it will be necessary to adjust the bulb position and repeat the
alignment steps for normal resolution mode.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-47


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-4-7-3 Intensity/Contrast Ratio Check


1. Using a scale to measure and masking tape to mark, create
2 lines that divide the area inside the normal resolution breast
support markings into 4 equal quadrants.
2. Mark the approximate center of each quadrant with masking
tape.
3. Using a light meter, measure the illuminance at each of the 4
points and record the values in the data sheets.
4. Calculate the average for these values and record in the data
sheets. Verify that the average is greater than 160.0 lux.
5. The following values must be measured with normal ambient
lighting in the room during testing.
6. At the midpoint of the right, left, and back edge of the light field,
measure and mark points 3 mm inside each edge and 3 mm
outside each edge.
7. Measure the illuminance at each of these 6 points and record the
values on the data sheets.
8. Calculate the contrast ratio for each of the 3 edges. This is done
by dividing the intensity at the inside point by the intensity at the
outside point for each of the respective lines.
9. Verify that each ratio is 4 or greater.
10. Record the results on the data sheets.

3-48 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

3-4-8 System Low Voltage Power Supplies Adjustments


Except for the +5 Vdc supply for the VME PWB, most dc voltages
have a tolerance of ±5%, but should be set as close to specification
as possible.
The output levels of the +5 Vdc VME supply is critical to correct
system operation. These outputs must be +5 Vdc ± 0.1 Vdc.
Three power supplies, located on the rear wall of the generator
cabinet, provide low voltage dc power to the system. Locations of
these power supplies are shown in Figure 3-29.
The electrical connections for these supplies are shown on Sheet 2
of SenoScan System schematic 106315S in Section 6.

Power Supply #1 Power Supply #2


(C1D2 PS1) (C1D2 PS2)

Power Supply #3
(C1D2 PS3)

Figure 3-29. Low Voltage Power Supplies

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-49


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-4-8-1 Power Supply #3 (C1D2 PS3)


This power supply provides low voltage outputs of +5, +12, -12, and
+24 Vdc. The +5 Vdc output from this power supply is used to
power the VME circuitry. Because the VME circuitry cannot
tolerate more than 5% voltage variation, precise adjustment of this
voltage output is particularly important to correct system operation.

Note: Allow one hour warm-up time for power supply to stabilize be-
fore adjusting output voltage levels.

+5 Vdc Adjust
Connect multimeter between the +5V lug and the GND lug on
the back side of the card cage backplane C5D4. Refer to
Figure 3-30 for location.
Adjust V1 Adjust on C1D2PS3 for a meter reading of +5 (± 0.1)
Vdc. Refer to Figure 3-30 for location of V1 Adjust.
+12 Vdc Adjust
Connect multimeter between the +12 Vdc spade lug and the
GND terminal on the back side of the card cage backplane
C5D4. Refer to Figure 3-30 for location.

+5 Vdc
Terminal

-12 Vdc V2 Adjust


Spade Lug (+24 Vdc)

V3 Adjust
+12 Vdc (+12 Vdc)
Spade Lug
V4 Adjust
(-12 Vdc)
GND
Terminal V1 Adjust
(+5 Vdc)

C5D4 Backplane (back of Card Cage) C1D2PS3 (right side)

Figure 3-30. Output Voltage Adjustments on Power Supply #3

3-50 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Adjust V3 Adjust on C1D2PS3 for a meter reading of +12 (± 0.6)


Vdc. Refer to Figure 3-30 for location of V3 Adjust.
-12 Vdc Adjust
Connect multimeter between the -12 Vdc spade lug and the
GND terminal on the back side of the card cage backplane
C5D4. Refer to Figure 3-30 for location.
Adjust V4 Adjust on C1D2 PS3 for a meter reading of -12 (± 0.6)
Vdc. Refer to Figure 3-30 for location of V4 Adjust.
+24 Vdc Adjust
Remove connector P20 from SIB board on front of generator
card cage. Refer to Figure 3-30 for location of P20.
Connect multimeter between pin 9 (+) and pin 7 (-) of P20
(connector on the cable you have disconnected).
Adjust V2 Adjust on C1D2 PS3 for a meter reading of +24 (±1.2)
Vdc. Refer to Figure 3-30 for location of V2 Adjust.

3-4-8-2 Power Supply #2 (C1D2 PS2)


There are no field adjustments for this power supply. This power
supply provides +24 Vdc to the compression and elevation
amplifiers. If the +24 Vdc voltage does not fall within the range of
+22.8 to +25.2 Vdc, you must replace the supply. Refer to
Figure 3-31 for measurement test points.

GND Reference

+24 Vdc Test Point


(High Volt 4)

Figure 3-31. +24 Vdc Test Point on Elevation or Compression Amplifier

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-51


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-4-8-3 Power Supply #1 (C1D2 PS1)


This power supply provides +15 Vdc and -15 Vdc to System
Interface Board (C5D3) and the Camera Power Supply (C4A1).
+15 Vdc Adjust
Remove connector P20 from SIB board on front of generator
card cage. Refer to Figure 3-32 for location of P20.
Connect multimeter between pin 6 (+) and pin 10 (-) of P20
(connector on the cable you have disconnected).
Adjust V1 Adjust on C1D2 PS1 for a meter reading of +15
(± 0.75) Vdc. Refer to Figure 3-32 for location of V1 Adjust.
Connect multimeter between pin 8 (+) and pin 5 (-) of P20
(connector on the cable you have disconnected).
Adjust V4 Adjust on C1D2 PS1 for a meter reading of -15
(± 0.75) Vdc. Refer to Figure 3-32 for location of V4 Adjust.

Note: V2 Adjust and V3 Adjust on C1D2 PS1 are currently not used in
the SenoScan application.

V1 Adjust
(+15 Vdc)

P20

V4 Adjust
(-15 Vdc)

System Interface Board (SIB)


(Disconnect P20 and measure at cable.)

Figure 3-32. Output Voltage Adjustments on Power Supply #1

3-52 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

3-4-9 Camera Power Supply Adjustment


Correct operating voltages are essential for optimum image
detection and processing within the image detector (camera). To
compensate for interconnecting cabling voltage drops, the outputs of
the camera power supply must be monitored at the image detector as
the voltages are adjusted on the PCB in the generator cabinet. A
breakout cable (Fischer part number 105214G) is available for this
purpose as shown in Figure 3-33.
Electrical connections for this supply are shown on Camera Power
Supply schematic 89884S-1 and Sheet 2 of SenoScan System
schematic 106315S in Section 6 of this manual.

Note: Verify that the outputs of the low voltage power supplies #3, #2,
and #1 (see paragraphs 3-4-8-1, 3-4-8-2, and 3-4-8-3) are correct
before adjusting the camera power supply.

Required Equipment
• Camera Power Supply Breakout Cable 105214G
• DVM
Voltage Adjustment
1. Set the circuit breaker on the generator cabinet to the OFF
position.
2. Remove the carbon fiber breast support and the lower portion of
the detector housing.

Disconnect power cable from DB-9 connector


on camera body and insert Breakout Cable
Assy between cable and camera.

+18V

-15V

+6.5V Gantry
Wiring
Breakout Cable DB-9
Assy 105214G (Power Cable)
GND

Figure 3-33. Camera Power Supply Voltage Measurement

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-53


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3. Disconnect the power cable from the DB-9 connector at the back
of the image detector (see Figure 3-33).
4. Connect the female connector on breakout cable 105214G to the
DB-9 receptable on the image detector in place of the cable you
removed in step 3.
5. Connect the power cable you removed in step 3 to the remaining
connector (DB-9F) on the breakout cable.
6. Set the circuit breaker on the generator cabinet to the ON
position.
7. Connect the DVM between the +18V and GND test lugs on the
Breakout Cable Assembly.
8. Adjust R5 on the Camera Power Supply PCB for a reading of
+18 Vdc (±0.5) Vdc on the DVM. Refer to Figure 3-34 for
location of R5.
9. Connect the DVM between the +6.5V and GND test lugs on the
breakout cable assembly.
10. Adjust R6 on the Camera Power Supply PCB for a reading of
+6.5 (±0.5) Vdc on the DVM.
11. Connect the DVM between the -15 Vdc and GND lugs on the
breakout cable assembly.
12. Verify that the DVM reading is within the range of -14.5 to -15.5
Vdc. This output level is fixed. There is no service adjustment
for the -15 Vdc output.

+18V Adjust +6.5V Adjust


R5 R6

Figure 3-34. Camera Power Supply Output Voltage Adjustments

3-54 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

3-4-10 Inverter Low Voltage Power Supply Adjustment


The small power supply board located on the inside of the hinged
cover on the inverter housing provides +5 Vdc, +15 Vdc, and -15
Vdc to the inverter circuitry. This power supply, which is not
identified by a reference designator, is shown on the SenoScan
Power Supply schematic 94030S-2 in Section 6 of this manual.
+5 Vdc Adjust
Connect multimeter between terminals 1 (+) and 2 (-) on
terminal strip TB2 on the right edge of the Interface
Motherboard. Refer to Figure 3-35 for locations.
Adjust the (unmarked) potentiometer located in the upper-right
corner of the Inverter Power Supply Board for a meter reading
of +5 (± 0.25) Vdc.
+15 Vdc and -15 Vdc
There are no field adjustments for the +15 Vdc and -15 Vdc
voltage outputs from the Inverter Power Supply Board. These
voltages must be measured, however, to ensure that they are
within specification. If these voltages exceed their
specifications of ±5%, and the +5 Vdc is correct, the power
supply must be replaced.

Inverter Power Supply Board


(+5 Vdc, +15 Vdc, -15 Vdc)

+5 Vdc Adjust

TB2-1
(+5 Vdc)
TB2-2
(GND)
TB2-5
(-15 Vdc)
TB2-6
(+15 Vdc)

Interface Motherboard
E1A1C3D3 BD1

Figure 3-35. Inverter Power Supply Adjustment

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-55


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Connect multimeter between terminals 6 (+) and 2 (-) on


terminal strip TB2.
Verify that the meter reading is +15 (± 0.75) Vdc. If it is not in
the range of +14.25 to +15.75 Vdc, and the +5 Vdc measured
previously is within specification, the power supply must be
replaced.
Connect multimeter between terminals 5 (+) and 2 (-) on
terminal strip TB2.
Verify that the meter reading is -15 (± 0.75) Vdc. If it is not in
the range of -14.25 to -15.75 Vdc, and the +5 Vdc measured
previously is within specification, the power supply must be
replaced.

3-5 COMPRESSION FORCE DISPLAY CALIBRATION


This calibration must be accomplished when the load cell- paired
cable assembly or the strain gauge amplifier is replaced.
1. If not already removed, remove the back cover from the gantry
arm to gain access to the Strain Gauge Amplifier PCB. This
PCB is mounted on the back side of the scanning arm housing
directly below the Filter/Collimator PCB.
2. On the Strain Gauge Amplifier PCB, verify that all switches are
properly positioned. Refer to Figure 3-36 for switch locations
and settings information.
3. Install the high resolution compression paddle.
4. Place a 2-newton (204 gram, 0.45 lb, or 7.2 ounce) weight on the
center of the paddle surface and tape it in place.
5. Connect the dumb terminal to the VME debug port/VME
interface in the generator cabinet and initialize the interface as
described in paragraph 3-6-1, steps 1 through 11.
6. With the gantry at 0° rotation, adjust Offset Adjust
potentiometer P2 on the Strain Gauge Amplifier PCB for a
reading of "0" (zero) for the A/D: value displayed on the VME
debug terminal. Brief occasional excursions which do not
exceed an A/D value of 5 are permissible.
7. Insert a force gauge, calibrated in newtons, between the
aluminum portion of the paddle attachment block (female
dovetail) and the breast support attachment casting as shown in
Figure 3-37.

Caution To prevent damage to the breast support, DO NOT place the


force gauge on the carbon-fiber surface.

3-56 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

S2
S2-1 ON S2-5 OFF
S2-2 OFF S2-6 OFF
S2-3 OFF S2-7 ON
S2-4 OFF S2-8 ON

P2
Offset Adjust

P1
Gain Adjust

S1 S3 S4
S1-1 ON S1-5 ON S3-1 ON S3-5 OFF S4-1 OFF S4-5 ON
S1-2 OFF S1-6 ON S3-2 OFF S3-6 ON S4-2 ON S4-6 ON
S1-3 ON S1-7 ON S3-3 OFF S3-7 ON S4-3 OFF S4-7 OFF
S1-4 ON S1-8 OFF S3-4 OFF S3-8 ON S4-4 ON S4-8 OFF

Figure 3-36. Switch Settings and Potentiometers on Strain Gauge Amplifier PCB

Breast Support
Female Dovetail Attachment Casting
(aluminum)

Force Gauge

Figure 3-37. Force Gauge Placement on Breast Support Attachment Casting

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-57


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

8. Step on the Compression side of the footswitch to apply


maximum compression to the force gauge. Continue to apply
compression until the compression drive automatically stops
driving.
9. Using the manual compression knob, adjust the compression
until the force gauge indicates 300 newtons. To ensure that the
applied force does not back off, first over-compress to
approximately 350 newtons then slowly decrease the force to the
300 newtons value.

Note: Monitor the force gauge during the following step to ensure that
the applied compression force remains at 300 newtons.

10. The LED display at the base of the gantry column should
indicate 300 newtons. If it does not, adjust Gain Adjust
potentiometer P1 on the Strain Gauge Amplifier PCB for a
reading of 300 newtons. Occasional downward excursions to
299 newtons are permissible.
11. Step on the Release side of the footswitch to reduce the
compression on the force gauge to "0" (zero). Verify that the
A/D value displayed on the VME terminal is near zero as
specified in step 6 above. If it is not, repeat steps 6 through 11.
12. Apply a compression force of 250 newtons as indicated on the
force gauge. Rotate the gantry to 0, -45, -90, -135, and -180
degrees, verifying that the force gauge reading and the LED
display reading are in agreement (± 3 newtons) at each point. To
correct errors, readjust Gain Adjust potentiometer P1.
13. When the calibration is satisfactory, install the gantry arm back
cover, disconnect the VME debug terminal, remove the high
resolution compression paddle, and reinstall the original paddle.

3-6 MANUAL COMPRESSION FORCE CLUTCH CALIBRATION


This procedure verifies and sets the maximum compression force
that can be applied with the manual compression knobs.

3-6-1 Maximum Manual Compression Force Check


1. With the gantry at 0° rotation, insert a force gauge (calibrated in
newtons) between the aluminum portion of the paddle
attachment block (female dovetail) and the breast support
attachment casting as shown in Figure 3-37.
2. Using the manual compression knobs, lower the compression
paddle until the paddle attachment block contacts the input
plunger of the force gauge.
3. Monitor the force gauge while you turn the manual compression
knobs to increase compression force. Continue to increase

3-58 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Adjustment Ring

Clutch Body

Apply Torque Seal® across


this juncture.

Figure 3-38. Manual Compression Slip Clutch


compression force until the slip clutch allows the knobs to slip
from the drive mechanism. Note the maximum force that can be
applied to the force gauge.
4. The maximum compression force must be 260 (±10) newtons.
5. If the maximum force is within the specified range of 250 - 270
newtons, no further action is required.
If the maximum force is too high or too low, perform the clutch
adjustment procedure.

3-6-2 Clutch Adjustment


1. If not already removed, remove the right side cover from the
gantry arm (paragraph 4-2-1-1) to gain access to the manual
compression slip clutch.
2. The clutch assembly is shown in Figure 3-38.
3. If present, remove the orange Torque Seal® sealant that is used
to lock the clutch adjustment ring to the clutch body.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-59


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4. Adjust the maximum compression force by turning the clutch


adjustment ring CW (increase) or CCW (decrease).
Turn the clutch adjustment ring approximately 1/4 turn and
repeat the maximum manual compression force check as many
times as necessary until you consistantly achieve a maximum
force reading of 260 (±10) newtons.
5. Apply a strip of Torque Seal® sealant (Fischer part number
57598-1) across the juncture of the clutch body and the
adjustment ring to lock the ring in position.

Caution DO NOT use Locktite® or an equivalent thread lock to secure


the adjustment ring to the clutch body. Locktite® will penetrate
the clutch and cause it to lockup.

6. The slip clutch calibration is complete. Install covers.

3-60 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

3-7 AUTOMATIC TECHNIQUE CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

Note: Allow the system to warm-up for at least one hour before start-
ing this calibration procedure. Ensure that any additional pad-
dles that are to be used with the system are included in the pro-
cedure.

3-7-1 X-Ray Tube Index


1. Using a feeler-gauge or calipers, measure the existing collimator
aperture. Record the aperture dimension (A1) in the Table 3-2.
Ensure that the aperture size is consistent from front to back. If
the aperture varies more than 0.01” from front to back or is less
that 0.11" or greater than 0.14" at any point, return to the
Collimator Adjustment procedure in paragraph 3-4-5 and repeat
the procedure.
2. Mount a Keithley model 35050 dosimeter sensor to the bottom
of the large compression paddle as shown in Figure 3-36.
Ensure that the placement of the sensor results in a distance of
6 cm ± 0.5 cm between the center of the sensor’s active area and
the chest-wall edge. The sensor’s position along the scan
direction should be close to the middle of the scan.
3. Move the compression paddle to 4.3 cm above the breast
support.
4. Connect a digital voltmeter (DVM or DMM) to mA output jack
J2 on the inverter (see previously shown Figure 3-10). Set the
meter to read dc voltage. The value displayed on the meter will
be a scale factor of the actual mA for an exposure. The scale
factor is –1.00 DCV = 100 mA.

Attach sensor to bottom


of paddle, on lateral
centerline with center
of active area 6 (±5) cm
from chestwall edge.

6 cm

Figure 3-39. Dosimeter Sensor Attached to Bottom of Compression Paddle

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-61


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

5. On the Acquire screen, deselect Automatic Technique (NO


check mark in the checkbox). Shoot the techniques listed in
column C1 in the X-ray Tube Index Calculation Worksheet
provided in Table 3-2. For each technique, record the radiation
dosage (mRad) in column C2 and the x-ray tube current (mA) in
column C3.

Table 3-2. X-ray Tube Index Calculation Worksheet

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8

Normalize
Technique Mrad mA mRad/mA Normalize Baseline Index
mRad/mA
kVp, mA (actual) (actual) (C2/C3) (A1/0.10") (@ 0.10") (C6/C7)
(C4/C5)

26, 100 235 103 2.28 1.3 1.753 2.02 .866

26, 100 2.02

30, 100 2.94

36, 100 4.36

40, 100 5.35

Average of C8

6. Divide the radiation dosage (mRad) recorded in column C2 by


the x-ray tube current (mA) in column C3 and record the results
in column C4.
7. Calculate the normalization factor by dividing the measured
collimator aperture (A1) by 0.10, and record this value in
column C5.
8. Divide the values in column C4 by the normalization factor in
column C5 and record the results in column C6.
9. Calculate the x-ray tube index by dividing the normalized value
in column C6 by the baseline value in column C7. Record the
results in column C8.
10. Calculate the average x-ray tube index. Enter the average result
in the bottom right corner of the X-ray Tube Index Calculation
Worksheet.

3-7-2 Detector Index Calculation


1. Remove the large paddle and perform a daily calibration. Ensure
that the daily cal technique values are 29 kVp and 90 mA and
that nothing is in the x-ray field.

3-62 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

2. Close the Mammo 4.x.x application by closing the


Administration Console, right clicking in the header of the main
screen to display the Exit SenoScan button, then left clicking on
this button to exit SenoScan and return to the CDE desktop.
3. Open a terminal window.
4. Edit the atr.xml file:
• To access the config directory, type CD /fischer/config and
press Enter.
• To display the atr.xml file for editing, type vi atr.xml and
press Enter.
• Find the label <currentCalibMeasure>.
(In the space provided below, write down the number
immediately following the <currentCalibMeasure> label,
which is a number created from the previous daily calibration.)
<currentCalibMeasure> =
• In the line above, replace (overtype) the number following the
<initialCalibMeasure> label with the number recorded from
the <currentCalibMeasure> field. The initialCalibMeasure
number should now be the same as the currentCalibMeasure
number.
• To save the changes, press ESC then type :wq! and press
Enter.
5. Start the Mammo application.
6. Place a 3.6 cm acrylic plate (flat-field phantom) on the breast
support and set one side flush with the chest-wall edge as shown
in Figure 3-37. Create a region of interest (ROI) on the phantom
with masking tape (use two layers of tape to make the ROI
borders). The ROI should be a 14 x 7 cm rectangle with the 14
cm dimension parallel to the scan direction and centered on the
phantom. The 7 cm dimension should start 2 cm from the
chest-wall edge.
7. Shoot the techniques listed in column C1 in the Detector Index
Calculation Worksheet provided in Table 3-3. For each
technique, draw an ROI in the acquired image that covers the 14
cm by 7 cm area created on the phantom (do not include the
tape). With the statistics tool, record the mean ADU values in
columns C2 and C3. Acquire all the values for C2 first, then
acquire the values for C3, such that the technique is changed
after each shot.
8. Calculate the average ADU value for each technique from the
values entered in columns C2 and C3 and enter the result in
column C4.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-63


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

14 x 7 cm ROI
Markings
(use masking tape)

Flat Field Phantom

Figure 3-40. 14 x 7 cm ROI on Flat Field Phantom

9. Divide each of the average ADU values in column C4 by the


average x-ray tube index determined in step 10 of
paragraph 3-7-1. Enter the results in column C5.
10. Calculate the detector index for each technique by dividing the
values in column C5 by the baseline values in column C6.
Record the results in column C7.
11. Calculate the average detector index. Enter the average result in
the bottom right corner of the Detector Index Calculation
Worksheet.
12. Do not remove the tape from the phantom. The same ROI will
be used when measuring paddle index.

Table 3-3. Detector Index Calculation Worksheet

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

Detector
Technique ADU 1 ADU 2 ADU avg. ADU/TI Baseline
Index
kVp, mA (actual) (actual) (C2+C3)/2 (C4/TI) ADU’s
(C5/C6)

26, 100 429.8 430.4 430.1 467.5 426 1.097

26, 100 426

30, 100 1037

36, 100 2590

Average of C7

3-64 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

3-7-3 Large Paddle Index Calculation


1. Insert the large compression paddle into the female dovetail.
The index of the large paddle is set to 1.0. A baseline ADU
count from the large paddle needs to be determined in order to
calculate the index of the other paddles.
2. Place the 3.6 cm acrylic plate (flat-field phantom), with the
14 x 7 cm ROI marked with tape, on the breast support. Set one
side flush with the chest-wall edge, such that the 14 cm side of
the ROI is parallel with the scan direction. Lower the large
compression paddle until it just touches the phantom.
3. Shoot the techniques listed in column C1 in the Large Paddle
Index Calculation Worksheet provided in Table 3-4. For each
technique, draw an ROI in the acquired image that covers the
14 cm by 7 cm area created on the phantom. Obtain the mean
ADU values in the ROI by right clicking on the image to display
the popup menu bar, select Analysis and then select Statistics.
Record the mean ADU values in columns C2 and C3. Acquire
all the values for C2 first, then acquire the values for C3, such
that the technique is changed after each shot.
4. Calculate the average ADU value for each technique from the
values entered in columns C2 and C3 and enter the result in
column C4.
5. The average ADU values in column C4 are equal to the Baseline
ADU values for the large paddle and will be used in calculating
the index of each of the remaining paddles. Enter the values
from column C4 as the Baseline ADU values in column C5.

Table 3-4. Large Paddle Index Calculation Worksheet

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

Technique ADU 1 ADU 2 ADU avg. Baseline Index


kVp, mA (actual) (actual) (C2+C3)/2 ADU (C4/C5)

26, 100 1.0

30, 100 1.0

36, 100 1.0

Average of C6 1.0

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-65


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-7-4 High Resolution Paddle Index Calculation


1. Install the high-resolution compression paddle.
2. Lower the high resolution compression paddle until it touches
the 3.6 cm phantom with the 14 cm x 7 cm ROI markings.
3. In standard resolution mode, shoot the techniques listed in
column C1 in the High Resolution Paddle Index Calculation
Worksheet provided in Table 3-5. For each technique, draw an
ROI inside the high resolution area over the phantom. Obtain
the mean ADU values in the ROI by right clicking on the image
to display the popup menu bar, select Analysis and then select
Statistics. Record the mean ADU values in columns C2 and C3.
Acquire all the values for C2 first, then acquire the values for C3,
such that the technique is changed after each shot.
4. Calculate the average ADU value for each technique from the
values entered in columns C2 and C3 and enter the result in
column C4.
5. Enter the Baseline ADU values from column C5 of the Large
Paddle Index Calculation Worksheet into column C5 of the High
Resolution Paddle Index Calculation Worksheet.
6. Calculate the high resolution paddle index for each technique by
dividing the average values in column C4 by the baseline values
in column C5. Record the results in column C6.
7. Determine the average high resolution paddle index by adding
all the entered values from column C6, then divide the result by
3. Enter the result in the bottom right corner of the High
Resolution Paddle Index Calculation Worksheet.

Table 3-5. High Resolution Paddle Index Calculation Worksheet

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

Technique ADU 1 ADU 2 ADU avg. Baseline Index


kVp, mA (actual) (actual) (C2+C3)/2 ADU (C4/C5)

26, 100 1.0

30, 100 1.0

36, 100 1.0

Average of C6 1.0

3-66 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

3-7-5 Spot Paddle Index Calculation


1. Install the spot compression paddle.
2. Lower the spot compression paddle until it touches the 3.6 cm
phantom.
3. In standard resolution mode, shoot the techniques listed in
column C1 in the Spot Paddle Index Calculation Worksheet
provided in Table 3-6. For each technique, draw an ROI inside
the spot paddle area that is over the phantom. Obtain the mean
ADU values in the ROI by right clicking on the image to display
the popup menu bar, select Analysis and then select Statistics.
Record the mean ADU values in columns C2 and C3. Acquire
all the values for C2 first, then acquire the values for C3, such
that the technique is changed after each shot.
4. Calculate the average ADU value for each technique from the
values entered in columns C2 and C3 and enter the result in
column C4.
5. Enter the Baseline ADU values from column C5 of the Large
Paddle Index Calculation Worksheet into column C5 of the Spot
Paddle Index Calculation Worksheet.
6. Calculate the spot paddle index for each technique by dividing
the average values in column C4 by the baseline values in
column C5. Record the results in column C6.
7. Determine the average spot paddle index by adding all the
entered values from column C6, then divide the result by 3.
Enter the result in the bottom right corner of the Spot Paddle
Index Calculation Worksheet.

Table 3-6. Spot Paddle Index Calculation Worksheet

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

Technique ADU 1 ADU 2 ADU avg. Baseline Index


kVp, mA (actual) (actual) (C2+C3)/2 ADU (C4/C5)

26, 100 1.0

30, 100 1.0

36, 100 1.0

Average of C6 1.0

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-67


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-7-6 Calculated Paddle Offset

Note: This procedure must be performed whenever the breast support


has been removed, adjusted, or replaced.

1. Check each paddle for slack in the dove-tail attachment. If there


is any slack (≥ ±0.5mm at the chest wall), note this slack value
in column C3 of the Paddle Offset Calculation Worksheet
provided in Table 3-7.
2. Place a piece of masking tape on the bottom of the large
compression paddle and on the top of the breast support. Mark
the center line position, along the scan direction, of both the
large compression paddle and the breast support.
3. Obtain two 1/8”, square cross-section steel rods. Tape one of the
steel rods tightly to the bottom surface of the large compression
paddle. Tape the rod along the centerline such that it extends
past the chest-wall edge by about 1 cm. Tape or place the other
steel rod along the centerline of the breast support, such that it
also extends past the chest-wall edge by about 1 cm. There
should be no gaps between the rod and paddle or the rod and
support. The two rods should extend past the chest-wall by the
same amount and should be aligned vertically as shown in the
picture below.
Initiate a compression calibration sequence by entering ‘c’ in the
VME debug terminal. If at any step the measured value is not
the value displayed in the VME debug terminal, enter the
measured value on the VME debug terminal.

Steel Rod taped to lateral centerline


of compression paddle.

Steel Rod taped to lateral centerline


of breast support.

Figure 3-41. Placement of Rods on Compression Paddle and Breast Support

3-68 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Table 3-7. Compression Encoder Count Calculation Worksheet

C1 C2 C3 C4

Encoder Counts per cm


Limit Switch Measured Thickness Encoder Counts
(C3/C2)

Upper Limit

Lower Limit

Delta (upper - lower)

4. Press and hold the foot switch until the paddle moves to the
upper limit switch, stops, and backs away. If the paddle does not
back away, the upper limit switch must be adjusted and the
compression calibration restarted. Using a precision steel ruler,
measure the distance from the top edge of rod attached to the
paddle to the bottom edge of the rod attached to the breast
support. Record the measured value in column C2 for the Upper
Limit on the Compression Encoder Count Calculation
Worksheet provided in Table 3-7. Enter the measured thickness
in cm on the VME debug terminal.
5. Locate the compression encoder counts in the lower left of the
VME debug terminal screen, after the “Comp Pos:” heading.
Record the compression encoder counts in column C3 for the
Upper Limit.
6. Press and hold the foot switch until the paddle moves to the
lower limit switch, stops, and backs away. If the paddle does not
back away, the lower limit switch must be adjusted and the
compression calibration restarted.
7. Using a precision steel ruler, measure the distance from the top
edge of rod attached to the paddle to the bottom edge of the rod
attached to the breast support. Record the measured value in
column C2 for the Lower Limit on the Compression Encoder
Count Calculation Worksheet. Enter the measured thickness in
cm on the VME debug terminal.
8. Locate the compression encoder counts in the lower left of the
VME debug terminal screen, after the “Comp Pos:” heading.
Record the compression encoder counts in column C3 for the
Lower Limit.
9. Press and hold the foot switch until the paddle moves to the
middle position and stops. When the switch is released, the
compression calibration sequence completes.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-69


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

10. Calculate the number of encoder counts per cm. In the


Compression Encoder Count Calculation Worksheet, subtract
the measured lower limit thickness from the measured upper
limit thickness and record this value as the delta in column C2.
11. Record the lower limit compression counts as the delta in
column C3 (upper limit compression count should always be
zero).
12. Divide the delta in C3 by the delta in C2 to obtain the Encoder
Counts per cm. Enter this value in the bottom of column C4.
13. Cycle the power to the generator. Move the paddle to the top and
bottom positions and measure the actual thickness from the top
edge of rod attached to the paddle to the bottom edge of the rod
attached to the breast support. Verify that these measurements
agree with the thickness displayed on the acquisition station
within ±0.5mm.
14. Remove the steel rods from the bottom of the large paddle and
from the top of the breast support.
15. In the Paddle Offset Calculation Worksheet provided in
Table 3-8, multiply the Encoder Counts per cm, determined in
the Compression Encoder Count Calculation Worksheet, by the
paddle slack in column C3 and enter the result in column C4.
This is the slack counts for each paddle.
16. Place an ACR phantom, or similar rigid block, on the breast
support. The phantom should be placed on its side and flush
with the chest-wall edge. Strips of paper can be added to the
bottom of the phantom in order to make the top surface of the
phantom parallel to the paddle, such that the paddle will sit flush
on the phantom.
17. Carefully move the paddle down with the compression knob
until the paddle just makes contact with the phantom.
Table 3-8. Paddle Offset Calculation Worksheet

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8

Slack Delta
Paddle
Slack Counts Compensated Thickness Counts
Encoder Offset
Paddle Slack (C3 x counts Encoder (reference to/from
Counts (C7/counts
per cm) Counts only) Large
per cm)
(C2+C4) Paddle

Large

High Res

Spot

3-70 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

18. With the paddle just contacting the phantom, record the
compression encoder counts from the “Comp. Pos:” field in the
VME debug terminal. Record this encoder count value into
column C2 for the corresponding paddle in the Paddle Offset
Calculation Worksheet.
19. Record the thickness from the VME debug terminal into column
C6 for the corresponding paddle. Do not use a corrected
thickness.
20. Repeat steps 17, 18, and 19 for all of the paddles that will be used
with this system.
21. Determine the Slack Compensated Encoder Counts by adding
the slack counts in column C4 with the encoder counts in column
C2 and enter the result in column C5.
22. Calculate the paddle offsets for each paddle: Subtract the
compensated encoder counts for the large paddle from the
compensated encoder counts for each of the other paddles in
column C5. Record the results, including the sign of the results,
as the delta in column C7.
23. To obtain the offset for each paddle, divide each paddles delta
count value by the number of counts per cm determined in
step 12 of paragraph 3-7-6.
24. Record the results, including the sign, in column C8.

3-7-7 Update atr.xml Data File


1. Enter the calibration values obtained in the previous steps into
the atr.xml data file using the following steps.
• Open a terminal window.
• To access the config directory, type cd /fischer/config and
press Enter.
• To display the atr.xml file for editing, type vi atr.xml and
press Enter.
2. Set the systemIndexThresholdLow to 0.80.
3. Set the systemIndexThresholdHigh to 1.30.
4. Change the tubeIndex to the tube index obtained in the Tube
Index Calculation Worksheet (Table 3-2).
5. Change the detectorIndex to the value obtained in the Detector
Index Calculation Worksheet (Table 3-3).
6. Change the initialCalibMeasure value to the initialCalibMeasure
value that you recorded in step 4 of paragraph 3-7-2.
7. Set the calcMode to 'polynomial' (without quotes).
8. Set the testPrintouts to 'true' (without quotes).

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-71


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

9. Find the first paddle entry in the file (there will normally be five
paddle entries). This paddle should have an id attribute of
id="1" and the displayName should be "Large". Set the index
attribute number to "1.0".
10. Find the id="2" paddle entry. Set the index to the index value
calculated in the Paddle2 Index Calculation Worksheet.
11. Find the id="3" paddle entry. Set the index to the index value
calculated in the Paddle3 Index Calculation Worksheet.
12. Find the id="4" paddle entry. Set the index to the index value
calculated in the Paddle4 Index Calculation Worksheet.
13. Find the id="5" paddle entry. Set the index to the index value
calculated in the Paddle5 Index Calculation Worksheet.
14. Verify which paddles will be utilized with the system under test
and set the deflection attributes of the paddles to the deflection
values listed in Table 3-9.
15. For the id="1" paddle entry, set the paddleOffset to 0.00.
16. For each of the other paddle entries, set the paddleOffset to the
offset value calculated for that paddle in the Paddle Offset
Calculation Worksheet (Table 3-8).
17. Finally, set testPrintouts to ‘true’.
18. Save the changes to the ‘atr.xml’ file and exit the editor: Press
ESC then type : wq! and press Enter.

Table 3-9. Bolted Paddles

ID Label in atr.xml file Deflection Attribute

paddle 1 Large "1.38"

paddle 2 Medium "0.684"

paddle 3 Small "0.40"

paddle 4 High Res "0.50"

paddle 5 Spot "0.50"

3-72 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

3-7-8 Verify Paddle Offsets


1. Start the mammo application and initiate a new patient study and
enable Automatic Technique (check mark is present in
Automatic Technique checkbox on Acquire screen).
2. In the steps below, select the appropriate paddle in the Automatic
Technique window on the Acquire screen.
3. Place the ACR phantom on the breast support. Insert the large
paddle and lower it so that it just touches the phantom.
4. Press the front key to display the terminal window from which
the mammo application was launched.
5. Note the ‘corrected thickness’ value that is displayed in the
terminal window. Record this thickness, to three decimal places,
in column C2 of the Paddle Offset Verification Worksheet
provided in Table 3-10.
6. Transfer the slack value from column C3 of the Paddle Offset
Calculation Worksheet (Table 3-8) to column C3 of the Paddle
Offset Verification Worksheet.
7. Subtract the paddle slack in column C3 from the ‘corrected
thickness’ in column C2 and enter the result in column C4.
8. Repeat the steps above for both the high resolution and spot
paddle (also include any other paddles that are to be used with
the system).
9. The values in column C4 must be within ±1.0 mm of each other.
If these values differ by more, then the Calculated Paddle Offset
calculations described in paragraph 3-7-6 must be performed
again.

Table 3-10. Paddle Offset Verification Worksheet

C1 C2 C3 C4

Corrected Thickness on Thickness w/o Slack


Paddle Paddle Slack
Phantom Contact (C2-C3)

Large

High Res

Spot

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-73


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

3-7-9 Verify Automatic Technique Operation


1. Place a BR12 tissue phantom of known thickness and density on
the breast support. On the Acquire screen, select Automatic
Technique (check mark in the checkbox). Place the large
compression paddle on top of the tissue phantom and select the
Large paddle in the Automatic Technique Settings on the
Acquire screen.
2. Select the Tissue type from the Automatic Technique window
that corresponds to the tissue type of the phantom. Set the
Density adjust to 0.
3. Compress the paddle until the corrected thickness displayed in
the terminal window where mammo 4.0 is running (press Front
key to display) equals the tissue phantom thickness.
4. Take 5 x-ray shots (using 5 different tissue phantoms) to verify
that the tissue area is always 1000 ±150 ADUs. During each
shot, the corrected thickness displayed in the terminal window
where mammo 4.0 is running must be equal to the tissue
phantom thickness. Decompress and compress between each
shot.
5. Edit the atr.xml file as above and set the testPrintouts to 'false'
(without quotes).
6. Press Esc then type : wq! to save the change in the atr.xml file.

3-7-10 Correcting Dead Pixels in the Detector (with correctpixel utility)


The following procedure is used to correct dead pixels in the
detector.

Note: The correctpixel utility is provided with SenoScan software 5.2.

Some detectors will contain dead pixels that may cause a line in the
image that can be noticed by the user if not stitched out. There are
dead pixels at the junctions of the 4 CCDs that are already stitched
out. The detector can image in both high resolution and normal
resolution, but dead pixels are always specified in normal resolution.
The maximum allowable number of defective pixels per detector is
8 (dead pixels at the CCD chip junctions not included). There must
be at least 5 operational pixels between two defective pixels
(including the dead pixels at the chip junctions).

3-74 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

If a detector is being replaced, then it is necessary to clear the


previously stitched pixels and map in the ones for the replacement
detector (if needed). To determine the bad pixels, open the Thales
test report and look for the address of defective pixels. It will always
list 1023, 2047, 3071, and 4095. The dead pixels are specified in
normal resolution. If these are the only pixels listed, there is no
action necessary. For any additional pixels that are listed, it is
desirable to take a frame shot and/or X-ray (flat field) to observe the
line in the image. This is also necessary if you do not have the
Thales test report to reference. When looking at the flat field image,
right click on the image and select full resolution; otherwise, a line
due to a bad pixel might be hidden.
With the introduction of 5.2 software, there is a new utility called
correctpixels that edits the imagecorrector.xml file for you.
1. Exit the SenoScan application and return to the desktop.
2. At the command prompt, type cd config and press Enter.
3. At the command prompt, type correctpixels and press Enter.
The following menu appears.

Dead Pixel Mapper Version 1.0

reading file imagecorrector.xml


Parsing imagecorrector.xml

Current mapped pixels

Pixel Position Pixel Type


1022 leftcopy
1023 interpolate
1024 rightcopy
2046 leftcopy
2047 interpolate
2048 rightcopy
3070 leftcopy
3071 interpolate
3072 rightcopy

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-75


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

The following menu appears.

Menu
1. Add new dead pixels
2. Reset to no dead pixels except ccd junctions
(Used when removing a detector)
3. Quit

Enter your choice ->

4. If removing a detector to replace it with another one, then type 2


and press Enter. The following text appears.

Reset to no dead pixels


Writing file

The following menu appears.

Menu
1. Add new dead pixels
2. Reset to no dead pixels except ccd junctions
(Used when removing a detector)
3. Quit

Enter your choice ->

5. To enter the dead pixels in normal resolution, type 1 and press


Enter. The utility automatically maps the corresponding high
resolution pixels. The following text appears.

Enter the dead pixels in normal resolution on one line then press
return ->

3-76 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

6. At this point, enter the dead pixel numbers as shown on the


Thales test report or determined by you from taking an X-ray
and/or frame shot. You may enter as many dead pixels on this
line as you wish with spaces in-between them, but the program
will not act on pixels that violate the specification. The program
then writes your input to the imagecorrector.xml file. Here is an
example of entering pixels 10 and 34.

10 34
You just entered pixels 10 34
Writing file

The following menu appears.

Menu
1. Add new dead pixels
2. Reset to no dead pixels except ccd junctions
(Used when removing a detector)
3. Quit

Enter your choice ->

7. To quit, type 3 and press Enter.


8. Type cat imagecorrector.xml and press Enter to observe the
imagecorrector.xml file. In the following example, notice how
10 and 34 are mapped in normal resolution. In high resolution,
the corresponding pixels for 10 (which are 20 and 21) are
mapped out. The corresponding high resolution pixels for 34
(which are 68 and 69) are mapped out.
9. Take another image to verify there are no lines in the image.

Adjustment and Calibration Procedures 3-77


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<imageCorrectorXml>
<deadPixelList resolution="normal">
<deadPixel position="1022" averaging="leftcopy"/>
<deadPixel position="1024" averaging="rightcopy"/>
<deadPixel position="1023" averaging="interpolate"/>
<deadPixel position="2046" averaging="leftcopy"/>
<deadPixel position="2048" averaging="rightcopy"/>
<deadPixel position="2047" averaging="interpolate"/>
<deadPixel position="3070" averaging="leftcopy"/>
<deadPixel position="3072" averaging="rightcopy"/>
<deadPixel position="3071" averaging="interpolate"/>
<deadPixel position="10" averaging="interpolate"/>
<deadPixel position="34" averaging="interpolate"/>
</deadPixelList>
<deadPixelList resolution="high">
<deadPixel position="2046" averaging="leftcopy"/>
<deadPixel position="2048" averaging="rightcopy"/>
<deadPixel position="2047" averaging="interpolate"/>
<deadPixel position="4094" averaging="leftcopy"/>
<deadPixel position="20" averaging="leftcopy"/>
<deadPixel position="21" averaging="rightcopy"/>
<deadPixel position="68" averaging="leftcopy"/>
<deadPixel position="69" averaging="rightcopy"/>
</deadPixelList>
<scanRegion start="40" height="100" type="dark" resolution="normal"/>
<scanRegion start="40" height="100" type="dark" resolution="high"/>
<scanRegion start="375" height="5625" type="data" resolution="normal"/>
<scanRegion start="375" height="5625" type="data" resolution="high"/>
<scanRegion start="0" height="0" type="startFuzzy" resolution="normal"/>
<scanRegion start="0" height="0" type="startFuzzy" resolution="high"/>
<scanRegion start="0" height="0" type="endFuzzy" resolution="normal"/>
<scanRegion start="0" height="0" type="endFuzzy" resolution="high"/>
<scanRegion start="2000" height="165" type="dailyDark" resolution="normal"/>
<scanRegion start="2000" height="165" type="dailyDark" resolution="high"/>
<scanRegion start="600" height="165" type="dailyBright" resolution="normal"/>
<scanRegion start="600" height="165" type="dailyBright" resolution="high"/>
<bgThreshold saturation="4094" saturationValue ="4095" limit="3000"
value="4095"/>

3-78 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

SECTION 4

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES

4-1 GENERAL
This section provides removal and installation procedures for those
components and assemblies that require special instructions.
Components and assemblies that can be removed and replaced
intuitively and without instruction are not included.
This section also contains a listing of required post-installation
checks and adjustments for all components requiring checkout
and/or adjustment after installation or replacement.

Caution This assembly contains electrostatic sensitive (ESD) devices


which require special handling to prevent damage from
electrostatic discharge. Observe electrostatic discharge
handling procedures when handling electronic devices.

Note: Some of the procedures described in this section utilize the built-
in VME Debug Interface which requires the use of a laptop com-
puter and a serial interface cable. Detailed instructions for use
of the VME Debug Interface are provided in Section 3 of this
manual.

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-1


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-2 REMOVE AND INSTALL PROCEDURES FOR GANTRY

4-2-1 Gantry Arm Covers

4-2-1-1 Remove
To remove the covers from the gantry arm, accomplish the following
steps in the sequence given.
1. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the
SenoScan generator to ON.
2. Rotate the gantry arm to its home position (0°).
3. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
4. Remove the 2 manual compression knobs (2 allen setscrews in
each knob - 1/16" hex) from their shafts (Figure 4-1).

Phillips Screws
1 each side back cover

Allen Setscrews
1/16" Hex
2 each in each
compression knob

Figure 4-1. Gantry Arm Cover Screws Locations

4-2 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

5. Loosen 2 pan head phillips screws (Figure 4-2) securing the back
cover to the gantry.

Back Cover

Phillips Screws
1 each side

Figure 4-2. Rear View of Gantry

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-3


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

6. Move your hands down along the back cover edges and pull the
lower back cover away from the gantry. This motion
disconnects the back cover male connectors (Figure 4-3) from
the gantry.

Phillips Screws
1 each side

Male Connectors
1 each side

Figure 4-3. Internal View of Gantry Back Cover

7. Lift the back cover straight up to clear the gantry arm trunnion
and remove it from the gantry. Set the back cover aside.
8. Disconnect the light field switch cable from its mating connector
on the pie.

4-4 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

9. Support the front of the top cover to prevent it from falling and
unlatch the two clamps (Figure 4-4) securing it.

Top
Cover
Latches

Side
Cover
Latches

Figure 4-4. Gantry with Back Cover Removed

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-5


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

10. Pull the top cover up at a 45° angle to remove it from the support
bracket (Figure 4-5). Set the top cover aside.

Top Cover
Support
Bracket

Figure 4-5. Front View of Gantry with Top Cover Removed

Caution Each gantry arm side cover is connected to the gantry arm
structure via a motion control wiring harness. Use care to
prevent damage to the wiring harness when removing the cover.

11. Unlatch the clamp securing the side cover (Figure 4-4).

4-6 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

12. Grasp the side cover handle and press the side cover latch
(Figure 4-6) inward to release the side cover from the gantry. If
needed, push the side cover inward while pressing the latch.

Latch - push to Ball Stud - locks into


release side cover latch to secure side cover

Figure 4-6. Side Cover Latch

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-7


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

13. Pull the side cover away from the manual compression shaft
(Figure 4-7).

Manual
Compression
Shaft

Figure 4-7. Remove Side Cover from Manual Compression Shaft


14. Lift the cover slightly upward and toward the front of the gantry
to release the locating pins from the bracket (Figure 4-8).

Locating Pins
2 each cover

Alignment Slots
2 each side
of Gantry

Side Cover
(Internal View)

Figure 4-8. Alignment Bracket and Pins

4-8 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

15. Carefully separate the side cover from the gantry structure far
enough to gain access to the wiring harness connector (type DB9
– mounted on the side of the swing arm enclosure housing)
(Figure 4-9).
16. Squeeze the locking clamps together and disconnect the
connector from its receptacle. Set the side cover aside.

Wiring
Harness
Connector

Figure 4-9. Wiring Harness Connected to Gantry


17. Repeat steps 10 through 15 for the remaining side cover.

4-2-1-2 Install
To install the gantry arm covers, accomplish the removal procedure
in reverse sequence.
After installation, run the compression assembly through its full
range of motion to ensure that compression paddle attachment block
does not chafe against the covers.

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-9


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-2-2 Breast Support and Detector Housing

4-2-2-1 Remove
1. Remove the 10 flat-head phillips screws (Figure 4-10) that
secure the carbon-fiber breast support to the detector housing.
Support the carbon-fiber breast support during screw removal to
prevent it from falling. It is not necessary to separate the trim
ring from the carbon fiber breast support before removal.
2. Remove carbon-fiber breast support by pulling it straight out
from detector housing. Set the breast support aside.
3. Remove three screws at the bottom back edge of the detector
housing (refer to Figure 4-10 for locations).
Note: The detector housing consists of two parts: upper and lower.
The upper part is not removed for routine service.

Caution Support the detector housing to prevent it from falling during


the next step.

4. Remove two screws (one from each side) then remove the
detector housing by lowering it straight down. Set the detector
housing aside. Note that the upper part of the detector housing
is not removed.

10 screws through trim ring around perimeter 1 screw each side of


of carbon fiber breast support detector housing

1 screw on back cover


on each side

CAUTION
Support detector housing Seam between upper
housing when removing and lower parts of
screws from side of housing. 3 screws along bottom back detector housing.
edge of detector housing

Figure 4-10. Gantry Arm Cover Screws Locations

4-10 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

4-2-2-2 Install
To install the detector housing and carbon fiber breast support,
accomplish the removal procedure in reverse sequence.

Caution Use care so the image detector is NOT bumped or moved when
you install the carbon fiber breast support.

To avoid damage to the carbon fiber during the installation, squeeze


the upper and lower detector housing castings together as you slide
the breast support over the detector housing.
Use of bar clamps to pull the upper and lower detector housings
together (as shown in Figure 4-11) will provide additional clearance
to ease the installation of the breast support over the detector
housing.

Bar Clamps

CAUTION
DO NOT apply excessive
clamping force. Use only
enough force to pull the upper
and lower detector housings
together.

Figure 4-11. Use Bar Clamps for Installation of Carbon Fiber Breast Support

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-11


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-2-3 Gantry Column Covers

4-2-3-1 Remove
To remove the covers from the gantry column, accomplish the
following steps in the sequence given.
1. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
2. Remove front cover.
- Remove 2 screws from bottom of cover on each side.
Refer to Figure 4-12 for location.
- Remove 1 screw driven into rear cover at top back corner
of cover on each side.
- Remove front cover and set aside.
3. Remove I/O Panel cover.
- Remove 2 screws from bottom edge of I/O Panel cover.

TO REMOVE COLUMN COVERS:


1. Remove Front Cover.
2. Remove I/O Panel Cover.
3. Remove Rear Cover.
4. Remove Back Plate Cover.
Front Cover

To remove
To remove Front Cover:
Back Plate Cover: Back Plate Cover Remove 3 screws
Remove 4 screws each side.
(1 each corner).

Rear Cover

I/O Panel Cover

To remove I/O
Panel Cover:
Remove 2 screws.
To remove
Rear Outer Cover:
Remove 2 screws
each side after
removing I/O Panel Cover.

Figure 4-12. Column Covers

4-12 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

- Slide I/O Panel cover back over the cabling far enough to
expose the rear cover mounting screws on both sides of
I/O Panel mount.
4. Remove Rear Cover.
- Remove 2 screws driven into both sides of I/O panel
mount.
- Remove rear cover and set aside.
5. Remove Back Plate Cosmetic Cover.

Caution To prevent damage to I/O panel and cabling, do not allow the
back plate cosmetic cover to fall when removing screws.

- Remove 4 small countersink screws. One at each corner


of back plate cosmetic cover.
- Remove back plate cosmetic cover and set aside.

4-2-3-2 Install
To install the gantry column covers, accomplish the removal
procedure in reverse sequence.
After installation, run the column through its range of motion to
ensure that there is no binding or chafing of the covers during
movement.

4-2-4 Column Back Plate


The column back plate is a structural part of the gantry column.

4-2-4-1 Remove
1. Remove 2 each flathead screws at the top edge of the backplate
to free the column top cap from the back plate.
2. Remove 6 each 5/16" flat-heat socket screws from each side of
the back plate (12 screws total).
3. Separate the back plate from the column and lift it clear of the
I/O panel. Set the back plate aside.

4-2-4-2 Install
To install the back plate on the column, set it in place, align the
screw holes, then loosely install the flat-head socket screws.

Note: The column sides may spread when the back plate is removed.
Therefore you may find it necessary to pull the sides together to
align the screw holes when installing the back plate.

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-13


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Final tightening of the screws should be done in an alternating left-


right sequence. Lastly, install the 2 flathead screws that secure the
column top cap.

4-2-5 Gantry Column Top Cap


The following procedure allows the gantry column top cap to be
removed without removing the column covers. If the gantry column
covers have been removed, skip steps 2 and 3.

4-2-5-1 Remove
1. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
2. Remove 2 each flathead screws from the top front edge of the
gantry column.
3. Remove 2 each flathead screws from the upper top corners of the
back plate cosmetic cover.
4. Carefully pull the top edge of the back plate cosmetic cover
away from the back of the column far enough to gain access to
the 2 screws that secure the top cap to the column back plate.
5. Remove the 2 screws that secure the top cap to the column back
plate.
6. Lift the top cap from the column enough to gain access to the
cable that connects the Power Distribution PCB to the X-ray
Indicator PCB on the right side of the top cap (as viewed from
the back of the column).
7. Disconnect the cable at the X-ray Indicator PCB and remove the
top cap from the column.

4-2-5-2 Install
To install the gantry column top cap, accomplish the removal
procedure in reverse sequence.

4-14 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

4-2-6 Lift Actuator

4-2-6-1 General
The lift actuator provides elevation movement for the gantry and
bears the entire weight of the movable part of the gantry.
Field replacement of the lift actuator can be a major undertaking
when the lift actuator has failed, particularly if the failure occurs
when the column is positioned at a high elevation setting. This will
require the column to be raised well beyond its normal maximum
height, possibly as high as the internal cabling will allow, to provide
adequate clearance for removal of the actuator.
A method of raising the gantry column and then supporting the
weight of the gantry while the actuator is replaced is required. This
method may be by use of a jack or a hoist.
Replacement lift actuators may be supplied with either a pre-
terminated power/control cable or an unterminated cable. The
method of wiring to be used to connect the replacement part into the
gantry is determined by the type of replacement you receive.

4-2-6-2 Remove
1. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
2. Remove all column covers (paragraph 4-2-3).
3. Remove column back plate (paragraph 4-2-4) to gain access to
the interior of the column.
4. Disconnect all system interconnect cables from the gantry I/O
panel and move them out of the way.
5. Remove gantry I/O Panel from its mounting brackets (2 screws
each side) and carefully lower it into a flat position (connectors
face down). Use care that the wiring is not damaged.
6. Remove the actuator motor cover (1 screw each side). Refer to
Figure 4-13 for location.
7. If the power/control cable on your replacement lift actuator
assembly is terminated with a connector on the red and black
wires and a pin on the white wire, remove the J4 connector body
from the gantry I/O panel and extract pin 2 from connector J9.
8. If the power/control cable on the replacement lift actuator
assembly is not pre-terminated, cut the power/control cable
approximately 6 inches back from the J4 connector in the gantry
I/O panel.
Strip and dress the wires that remain attached to J4 and J9 so that
they can be spliced to the cable on the replacement lift actuator.

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-15


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Lift Actuator Upper Mounting Bolts (2)

Hairpin Clevis Pin

Lift Actuator Lower Mounting Detail

Lift Actuator Assembly

Lift Actuator Motor Cover

Figure 4-13. Column Lift Actuator Replacement

9. Raise the column slightly to remove the gantry weight from the
lift actuator.
- If a hoist is to be used, remove the column top cap
(paragraph 4-2-5-1) to gain access to the threaded
eyebolt holes at the front corners of the column. Screw
a 9/16-12 eyebolt into the hole at each front corner and
attach the hoist.
- If jacks are to be used, position one jack on each side of
the column and engage the lower edge of the outer
column. The column top cap need not be removed.
10. With the weight of the gantry relieved from the lift actuator,
place blocks and wedges under the lower edge of the outer
column to prevent it from falling in case of jack or hoist failure.
11. Remove the hairpin from the clevis pin in the lift actuator lower
mount. See detail in Figure 4-13.

4-16 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

12. Push the clevis pin out of the lift actuator lower mount. It may
be necessary to very slightly raise or lower the column to relieve
the loading on the clevis pin so it can be removed. Two nylon
washer pads which fit over the clevis pin between the actuator
mounting eye and the mounting bracket bearings will fall out
when the clevis pin is removed. Retain these pads for reuse.
13. Using the jack or the hoist, raise the outer column as high as the
internal cabling will allow. Use care that the internal cabling is
not damaged. Note that the disconnected lift actuator will raise
along with the column.

Caution Place blocks under the lower edge of the outer column to prevent
it from falling in case of jack or hoist failure.

14. While supporting the lift actuator, remove the 2 sets of socket
screws, flat washers, and lock washers that secure the top of the
actuator to the column middle plate structure.
15. Carefully lower the actuator to the column base plate and then
angle it so it can be removed from under the middle plate
structure. Use care so that the cabling on the ground bus bar at
the back of the I/O panel is not damaged.
16. Remove the actuator from the column.

4-2-6-3 Install
Replacement lift actuators are shipped from the factory in the fully
retracted position to facilitate installation.
If the power/control cable on the replacement actuator is not
terminated with a connector body and a connector insertion pin, the
cable must be solder spliced into the existing gantry wiring after the
replacement actuator is installed in the column.
1. Place the replacement actuator alongside the removed actuator
on the floor or a tabletop. Remove the hair pin, clevis pin,
washer pads, and top mounting bracket from the removed
actuator and transfer them to the replacement actuator in the
same orientation. If new washer pads have been supplied with
the replacement actuator, use them. Otherwise, reuse the
originals.
2. Making sure that the top mounting bracket is oriented so its
mating surface will contact the back side of the middle plate
structure, maneuver the actuator up behind the middle plate until
the hole in the mounting bracket are aligned with the holes
(lower set) in the middle plate.
3. Assemble the actuator top mounting bracket to the middle plate
with socket head screws, flat washers, and lock washers. Insert

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-17


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

the screws through the middle plate and into the mounting
bracket only far enough to engage 2 or 3 threads in the mounting
bracket. Do not tighten the screws at this time, you will need
some play in this attachment to facilitate the positioning of the
lower mounting bracket clevis pin.
4. Very carefully and slowly, lower the outer column until the
attachment eye on the bottom of the actuator assembly is close
to the mounting bracket on the column base plate.
5. Carefully guide the actuator attachment eye into position
between the mounting bracket bearings.
6. Align the attachment eye on the actuator with the mounting
bracket bearings and insert the clevis pin from left to right. After
you determine that the clevis pin can be inserted, withdraw the
pin far enough to allow the insertion of a washer pad between the
left mounting bracket bearing and the actuator attachment eye.
Push the clevis pin through the washer pad and then insert a
second washer pad on the other side of the actuator attachment
eye, then push the clevis pin all the way through the mounting
bracket.
7. Install the hairpin through the clevis (see the lower mounting
detail in Figure 4-13).
8. Tighten the 2 socket head screws that you loosely installed in
step 3.
9. Lower the jack or hoist and allow the lift actuator to accept the
weight of the gantry. Remove the jack or hoist attachments and
safety blocking.
10. If the replacement actuator contains a terminated cable:
- Install connector body J4 into its cutout on the gantry I/O
panel.
- Insert the connector pin on the white wire into position 2
on connector J9 on the gantry I/O panel.
11. If the replacement actuator does not contain a terminated cable:
- Strip the cable jacket on the cable connected to J4 (this is
the cable you cut in step 7 when you removed the
actuator) back approximately 1-1/2 inches. Strip the 3
wires approximately 1/2 inch and prepare them for solder
splicing.
- Cut the actuator cable to approximately 12 inches, strip
cable jacket back approximately 2-1/2, then strip the 3
wires approximately 1/2 inch and prepare them for solder
splicing.

4-18 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

- Slide shrink tubing over each of the wires on the cable,


then twist and solder each corresponding wire together,
matching colors.
- Slide shrink tubing over each completed splice and apply
heat to shrink.
12. Install the actuator motor cover (2 screws).
13. Install the gantry I/O Panel on its mounting brackets (2 screws
each side).
14. Connect all system interconnect cables to the gantry I/O panel.
15. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the
SenoScan generator to ON. Check that the column moves
through its full range of elevation motion, shows no signs of
binding, and produces no unusual noises.
16. If you notice any binding or unusual noises, lower the column
until it stops, then loosen the 2 socket head screws that attach the
upper end of the actuator to the column middle plate.
Grasp the actuator housing below the middle plate and forcible
shake it side to side to relieve any stresses caused by
misalignment in the upper mounting.
Tighten the 2 socket head screws that attach the upper end of the
actuator. Run the column through its full range of elevation
motion and recheck for signs of binding and unusual noises.
17. If the functional check is satisfactory:
- Install column back plate (refer to paragraph 4-2-4-2).
- Install column covers (refer to paragraph 4-2-3-2).

4-2-7 Scan Drive Wires


The scanning motion imparted to the image detector during x-ray
exposure is provided by a system of 4 stainless steel wires, each
attached to either end of an arc-shaped cable surface block and
wrapped around a motor-driven scanning motion drum which
swings with the detector below the cable surface block. The cable
surface block ensures that the wire tension remains constant through
the full range of the detector swing. The wires are tensioned
alternately from opposite ends of the cable surface block to
eliminate backlash in the scan drive system.
The laptop terminal connected via the VME Debug Port should be
used to adjust, tension, and run-in the newly replaced scan wire(s).

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-19


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-2-7-1 Remove
1. Remove the carbon fiber breast support and the lower part of the
detector housing (paragraph 4-2-2-1).
2. Rotate gantry arm to -180° position to facilitate access to the
drive wires and scanning motion drum.
3. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
4. Locate the scan drive wire to be replaced. Note that alternate
wires are tensioned from opposite ends of the cable surface
block.
5. Remove the tension adjustment nut, washer, and spring from the
tension stud on the cable to be removed. Refer to Figure 4-14.
6. Remove the scan wire tension stud from the tension stud support
plate.
7. At the opposite end of the scan wire, slip the stop sleeve out of
its notch in the anchor plate.

Tension Adjusting Nut

Washer

Scan Wire Tension Spring

Tension Stud Support Plate


Adjust tension nut
to compress spring
Scan Wire Tension Stud height to 0.300 inch
(7.62 mm) between
washer and surface
Stainless Steel Scan Wires of tension stud
support plate.

Scan Wire Stop Sleeve

Scan Wire Anchor Plate

Cable Surface Block

Figure 4-14. Scan Drive Wire Attachments

4-20 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

8. Unwrap the scan wire from around the scanning motion drum
(the stop sleeve will fit between the scanning motion drum and
the cable surface block) and remove the scan wire from the
gantry.

4-2-7-2 Install
The new scan wire assembly is supplied fully assembled with a
tensioning stud at one end and a stop sleeve at the other.
1. Orient the new wire so that the end with the tension stud is at the
proper side of the cable surface block.
2. Wind the stainless steel wire 3 turns around the scanning motion
drum as shown in Figure 4-15. The direction of the wire wrap
and the orientation of the wire stack must match the other wire
wraps on the scanning motion drum. Make sure that the wire
does not cross itself.
3. Place the end of the wire containing the stop sleeve into the
notch on the wire anchor plate.
4. Pull on the other end of the wire to remove slack and tighten the
wire wrap around the scanning motion drum. Make sure that the
wire wrap on the scanning motion drum is still correct, then
insert the tension stud up through the tension stud support plate.
5. While holding the tension stud through its hole in the support
plate, place the wire into its notch in the anchor plate.

Wind wire 3 times


around drum.
All wire wraps must
lie in same direction.

Scanning Motion Drum

Scan wires on
Cable Surface Block

Figure 4-15. Scanning Motion Shaft and Drive Cables

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-21


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

6. Place the spring and washer over the tension stud, then thread the
tension adjusting nut onto the tension stud.
7. Observe the tensioning spring. Tighten the tension adjusting nut
to cause the spring to compress to 0.3 inch (7.62 mm) in height
as measured between the washer and the surface of the tension
stud support plate. Hold the lower part of the tension stud with
pliers to prevent the tension stud from turning while the tension
adjusting nut is being tightened.
8. Connect the laptop computer to the VME Debug Port by means
of the serial cable and start the communications program using
the procedure described in Section 3.
9. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the
SenoScan generator to ON. On the laptop, type a lower case
letter j several times in succession to initiate several scans to
equalize the wire tension, provide stretch, and ensure that the
new wire tracks properly. Make sure the wire stack on the
scanning drum has not crossed over itself.
10. Recheck the scanwire tension spring for proper height, and
readjust to 0.3 inch (7.62 mm) if required.
11. Repeat step 9. If the wire tracking check is satisfactory, install
the detector housing and the breast support.

4-2-8 Scan Drive Motor


The scan drive motor is located at the bottom end of the swing arm
behind the image detector. Replacement motor assemblies are
supplied with a short attached cable and connector. The motor cable
connects via an in-line connector with a cable that extends from the
the bottom of the scanning arm. The in-line connector is secured to
the scanning motor with cable ties.

4-2-8-1 Remove
1. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
2. Remove the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-1).
3. Remove the carbon fiber breast support and the detector housing
(paragraph 4-2-2-1).
4. Remove the image detector.
- Disconnect the 3 cables at the rear of the detector
housing (refer to Figure 4-16). Cut cable ties as
necessary.
- The detector is sandwiched between two mounting
brackets and is held in place by 3 M5 flathead screws
through each bracket as shown in Figure 4-16.

4-22 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

- Remove the 6 screws (3 mm hex wrench) to release the


detector.

Caution Do not disturb the position of the detector mounting brackets.

5. Cut the cable ties that bundle the scanning motor cable in-line
connector to the scanning motor body.
6. Disconnect the scanning motor cable at its in-line connector.
7. Loosen the two #8 setscrews that secure the flex coupling to the
motor shaft (5/64 hex key). Refer to Figure 4-16 for location.
8. Remove the 4 hex screws (use 9/16 hex key) and washers that
hold the scanning motor to its mounting bracket. Retain this
hardware for use with the new scanning motor.
9. Remove the scanning motor and its isolation gasket. The flex
coupling will remain attached to the scanning motion shaft. Pull
straight out to avoid damage to the flex coupling.

In-line connector for scanning Detector Mounting Bracket


motor is located in this area. (one each side)

Scanning Motor
Mounting Bracket

Isolation
Gasket

Flex Coupling set


screws accessible
through here.
Scanning Motor
Mounting Screws

Fiber-optic Cable
Control Cable Mounting Screws Detector Body
Power Cable (3 each side)

Figure 4-16. Detector and Scanning Motor Mounting (typical)

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-23


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-2-8-2 Install
1. Ensure that the setscrews in the flex coupling are not protruding
into the bore of the flex coupling. If necessary, turn them out 1
or 2 turns.
2. Carefully guide the motor shaft into the flex coupling and
loosely install the scanning motor with the isolation gasket onto
the scanning motor mounting bracket (4 screws and washers).
Leave the motor mounting screws loose at this time.

Note: Do not tighten the setscrews in the flex coupling at this time.

3. Manually move the scanning arm back and forth to ensure that
the flex coupling is aligned with the scanning motor shaft.
Tighten the 4 screws to secure the scanning motor to the
scanning motor mounting bracket.
4. Apply Blue Loctite to the flex coupling setscrews then firmly
tighten the setscrews onto the 2 flat surfaces on the motor shaft.

Caution Do not attempt to manually move the scanning arm after the flex
coupling is tightened onto the scanning motor shaft.

5. Connect cable from the scanning motor to the in-line connector.


Ensure that the connectors are fully seated and locked to each
other.
6. Secure the in-line connector to the body of the scanning motor
with cable ties.
7. Install the image detector.
- Place the detector between the two mounting brackets
and install 3 screws each side (M5 flathead - use 3 mm
hex driver).
- Connect the power, control, and fiber optic cables to
there respective connectors on the image detector.
- Use cable ties to secure the image detector cables to the
mounting brackets.

Caution The fiber optic cable can be easily damaged by crushing. Cable
ties should be loosely snug, do not over tighten.

8. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the


SenoScan generator to ON.

4-24 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

4-2-8-3 Post Installation Checks


Prior to installing the detector housing, breast support, and gantry
arm covers, accomplish the post-installation checks and adjustments
listed in Table 4-1 for the scanning motor and the image detector.
Upon satisfactory completion of the post installation checks and
adjustments, you may complete the installation of the detector
housing, breast support, and gantry arm covers.

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-25


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-2-9 Gantry Fan Filter

4-2-9-1 Remove
1. Position the gantry at a convenient working height and rotate the
gantry arm to a position that allows access to the fan filter
(Figure 4-17).
2. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
3. Pull the filter (assembly) from the fan.

4-2-9-2 Install
1. Place the new filter over the fan and press it into place.
2. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the
SenoScan generator to ON.

Un-installed Filter

Filter

Gantry Column

Gantry Arm
(turned at an angle)

Figure 4-17. Gantry Fan Filter

4-26 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

4-2-10 Light Field Assembly (Secondary Collimator)


The light field assembly projects a light on the breast support which
allows the user to determine if the patient is properly positioned.
The light field assembly functions as a secondary collimator which
is used to determine the back side of the light field and x-ray beam.

4-2-10-1 Remove
1. Position the gantry at a convenient working height and the
gantry arm to 0° rotation.
2. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
3. Remove the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-1).
4. Disconnect 4 (Light Position Board, fan, drive motor, collimator
light power) cable connectors from the light field assembly
(Figure 4-18).

Collimator
Fan
Assembly

In-line
Connector
on Filter
Wheel
Motor
Top Cable
Cover
Slide
Support
Motor
Bracket Mirror
(Inside Light Field
Assembly) Assembly
Standoffs (Secondary
(2 each side) Collimator)
Door to access
Light Bulb

Figure 4-18. Light Field Assembly and Collimator Assembly

5. Loosen 4 screws on top cover support bracket and allow the


bracket to lower. This gives you access to the standoff screws
securing the light field assembly.

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-27


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

6. Hold the light field assembly and remove 4 screws securing it.
The 4 standoffs and bracket remain attached to the light field
assembly as it is removed from the gantry. See Figure 4-18.

4-2-10-2 Install
1. To install the light field assembly, perform steps 4 and 6 of the
removal procedure in reverse sequence.
2. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the
SenoScan generator to ON.
3. Accomplish the post-installation checks/adjustments listed in
Table 4-1 for the light field assembly.
4. Install the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-2).

4-28 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

4-2-11 Collimator Assembly

4-2-11-1 Remove
1. Position the gantry at a convenient working height and the
gantry arm to 0° rotation.
2. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
3. Remove the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-1).
4. Remove the light field assembly (paragraph 4-2-10-1).
5. Disconnect the in-line connector from the collimator assembly.
See Figure 4-19.

Collimator
Retaining
Bar
Remove screw
(1 each side)

In-line connector
on Filter Wheel
Motor cable

Collimator
Assembly
Light Field
Assembly

Figure 4-19. Collimator Assembly

6. Hold the collimator retaining bar and remove 2 screws securing


it.
7. Hold the collimator assembly and remove 1 flathead screw from
both sides.
8. Slide the collimator assembly from under the support arm
assembly.

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-29


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-2-11-2 Install
1. To install the collimator assembly, perform steps 4 through 8 of
the removal procedure in reverse sequence.
2. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the
SenoScan generator to ON.
3. Accomplish the post-installation checks/adjustments listed in
Table 4-1 for the collimator assembly.
4. Install the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-2).

4-30 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

4-2-12 Light Bulb

Caution Use a cloth to remove the light bulb. Do not touch the light bulb
with your bare skin - the bulb may still be hot. Also, the oils
from your skin should not touch the bulb. If the bulb is touched
with bare skin, wipe the bulb with a cloth.

4-2-12-1 Remove
1. Position the gantry at a convenient working height and the
gantry arm to 0° rotation.
2. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
3. Remove the panel from the gantry arm cover to expose the door.
4. Remove the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-1, steps 1
through 9).
5. Pull down on the door handle to expose the light bulb. See
Figure 4-20.
6. Using a cloth to touch the light bulb, pull the light bulb from the
door.

Light Bulb

Door

Figure 4-20. Light Bulb

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-31


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-2-12-2 Install
1. To install the light bulb, perform steps 3 through 6 of the
removal procedure in reverse sequence.
2. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the
SenoScan generator to ON.
3. Accomplish the post-installation checks/adjustments listed in
Table 4-1 for the light bulb.
4. Install the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-1, steps 1 through
9) in reverse sequence.

4-2-13 Light Field Slide Motor

4-2-13-1 Remove
1. Position the gantry at a convenient working height and the
gantry arm to 0° rotation.
2. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
3. Remove the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-1).
4. Disconnect the motor cable interconnect. See Figure 4-21.

4-32 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

5. Hold the motor guard and remove 2 screws securing the motor
guard to the light field assembly. Remove the motor guard.

Motor
Cable
Interconnect

Fan

Slide Motor
(installed)

Disk

Slide Motor
Grooved Gear (un-installed)

Figure 4-21. Light Field Slide Motor

6. Hold the motor and remove 2 screws securing the motor


assembly to the light field assembly. Remove the motor
assembly.
7. Loosen the screw securing the grooved gear to the motor shaft
adapter.
8. Remove 2 screws securing the disk to the motor.

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-33


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-2-13-2 Install
1. To install the light field slide motor, perform steps 4 and 8 of the
removal procedure in reverse sequence.
2. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the
SenoScan generator to ON.
3. Accomplish the post-installation checks/adjustments listed in
Table 4-1 for the light field drive motor.
4. Install the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-2).

4-34 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

4-2-14 Light Field Mirror

4-2-14-1 Remove
1. Position the gantry at a convenient working height and the
gantry arm to 0° rotation.
2. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
3. Remove the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-1).
4. Remove 4 screws securing light field cap (front piece) to the
light field assembly (Figure 4-22).
5. Remove the light field cap (one side at a time) by pulling the
light field cap over the remaining screws.
6. Hold the mirror and loosen 4 screws securing the mirror. Slide
the mirror down to remove it.

Screws securing
Light Field Cap
(2 each side)

Mirror Bracket
(1 each side)

Light Field Mirror

Figure 4-22. Light Field Mirror

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-35


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-2-14-2 Install

4-2-14-2-1 Mirror Cleaning and Handling

Use a cloth or glove when handling the mirror.


Do not touch the mirror with your bare skin.

Caution If the mirror needs to be cleaned, wipe the mirror with an


alcohol coated soft cloth.

4-2-14-2-2 Procedure

1. To install the light field mirror, perform steps 4 through 6 of the


removal procedure in reverse sequence.
2. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the
SenoScan generator to ON.
3. Accomplish the post-installation checks/adjustments listed in
Table 4-1 for the light field mirror.
4. Install the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-2).

4-36 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

4-2-15 Light Field Fan

4-2-15-1 Remove
1. Position the gantry at a convenient working height and the
gantry arm to 0° rotation.
2. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
3. Remove the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-1).
4. Disconnect the in-line connector from the fan.
5. Remove 4 screws and washers securing the fan to the light field
assembly and remove the fan. See Figure 4-23.

Screw and
Washer (4 total) Fan

Figure 4-23. Light Field Fan

4-2-15-2 Install
1. To install the light field fan, perform steps 4 and 5 of the removal
procedure in reverse sequence.
2. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the
SenoScan generator to ON.
3. Accomplish the post-installation checks/adjustments listed in
Table 4-1 for the light field fan.
4. Install the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-2).

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-37


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-2-16 Light Position Board


The Light Position Board is located inside the light field assembly.
See Figure 4-24.

Light
Position
Board

Motor
Guard
Screws
(2 total)

Figure 4-24. Light Position Board in Light Field Assembly

4-2-16-1 Remove
1. Position the gantry at a convenient working height and the
gantry arm to 0° rotation.
2. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
3. Remove the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-1).
4. Remove the light field assembly (paragraph 4-2-10-1).

4-38 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

5. Remove 4 screws and washers securing the fan/light pivot door


assembly to the light field assembly, and set the assembly aside.
See Figure 4-25.

Screws
(4 total)

Figure 4-25. Fan/Light Pivot Door Assembly

6. Remove 2 screws securing the motor guard. See Figure 4-24.

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-39


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Note: There are two nylon spacers between the Light Position Board
and the light field assembly (Figure 4-26). For the next step,
consider turning the light field assembly upside down while re-
moving the screws. By doing so, the spacers should fall to the
workspace and be easier to obtain.

7. Remove 2 screws securing the Light Position Board to the light


field assembly and remove the Light Position Board.

Light
Position
Board

Figure 4-26. Light Position Board

4-2-16-2 Install
1. Install 2 screws securing the Light Position Board to the light
field assembly.
2. Ensure the 2 flags align properly with the Light Position Board
sensors.
3. Perform steps 4 and 6 of the removal procedure in reverse
sequence.
4. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the
SenoScan generator to ON.
5. Accomplish the post-installation checks/adjustments listed in
Table 4-1 for the Light Position Board.
6. Install the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-2).

4-40 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

4-2-17 Light Field Control Board


The Light Field Control Board is located inside the gantry column.

4-2-17-1 Remove
1. Position the gantry at a convenient working height and the
gantry arm to 0° rotation.
2. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
3. Remove the gantry column covers (paragraph 4-2-3-1).
4. Remove 2 screws securing the guard (Figure 4-27). The guard
must be removed to disconnect the J5 connector.

Light Field
Control
Board

J5 Connector

Opening
for lower
board
screw (X2)

Opening
for guard
screw (X2)

Figure 4-27. Light Field Control Board

5. Unplug the 4 cables from the Light Field Control Board.


6. Remove 4 screws securing the Light Field Control Board to the
transformer bracket.

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-41


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-2-17-2 Install
1. To install the Light Field Control Board, perform steps 4 through
6 of the removal procedure in reverse sequence.
2. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the
SenoScan generator to ON.
3. Accomplish the post-installation checks/adjustments listed in
Table 4-1 for the Light Field Control Board.
4. Install the gantry column covers (paragraph 4-2-3-2).

4-42 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

4-2-18 X-ray Tube and Heat Exchanger


Replacement of the x-ray tube requires that the heat exchanger and
accumulator be replaced along with the tube as a complete set. To
prevent the entry of air into the heat exchanger system, at least one
oil line must remain connected between the x-ray tube and the heat
exchanger at all times during the replacement procedure.

4-2-18-1 Remove
1. Lower the gantry column to its minimum height and position the
gantry arm at 0° rotation.
2. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
3. Remove the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-1).
4. Remove the collimator assembly (paragraph 4-2-11-1).
5. Disconnect the anode and rotor/filament cables and the ground
wire (one socket-head cap screw - use 3/16" hex key) from the
x-ray tube. See Figure 4-28. DO NOT disconnect the heat
exchanger oil lines.

Anode Cable Connector

Rotor/Filament Cable
Connector

Ground Wire

Oil Line Coupling

Collimator Controller Circuit Board

Figure 4-28. X-ray Tube/Heat Exchanger Oil Line Coupling (typical)

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-43


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

6. Remove the Collimator PCB and attached Strain Gauge


Amplifier assembly on the back of the scanning arm housing
(pie) to gain access to the oil line coupling(s) located under the
PCB.
- Disconnect all cable connectors (5 connectors).
- Remove 6 mounting screws and washers.
- Lift the Collimator PCB and strain gauge assembly from
its standoffs.
- DO NOT disconnect the wiring from the terminal blocks
on the strain gauge assembly. Temporarily support the
still-connected assembly by string or wire from any
convenient point on the scanning arm housing.
7. Cut any tie wraps that secure the oil lines to the back of the pie.
Verify that the oil lines are completely free and unsecured
between the x-ray tube and the inline couplings. DO NOT
disconnect the couplings.
8. Remove the rear cover from the back of the gantry column
(paragraph 4-2-3-1, step 3).
9. Remove the back plate cosmetic cover from the back of the
gantry column (paragraph 4-2-3-1, step 4).
10. Remove the column back plate (paragraph 4-2-4-1).

4-44 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Oil Lines
Pivot Passage

Heat exchanger mounting


Power Cable screws are located behind
Connector the accumulator.

Heat Exchanger

Hose Clamps

Accumulator

Light Field PCB


(not shown)

Figure 4-29. Interior of Gantry Column

11. Remove all cable ties, cable wrap, and clamps used to secure the
oil lines within the gantry column. See Figure 4-29.

Caution To prevent air from entering the heat exchanger system,


disconnect only 1 oil line at a time. NEVER disconnect both oil
lines at the same time.

12. Disconnect either oil line from the old x-ray tube at the oil line
quick-disconnect coupling. The quick disconnect coupling is
self-sealing, however a small amount of oil may seep during the
disconnecting. Wipe any oil seepage from the quick-disconnect
coupler.
13. Carefully pull the disconnected oil line back through the gantry
pivot passage and to the inside of the gantry column.
14. Route the disconnected oil line from the heat exchanger, to the
outside of the gantry column, and back to the quick disconnect
coupling from which it was previously connected.

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-45


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

15. Apply a thin coating of Dow Corning #4 lubricant to the mating


surfaces of the two quick-disconnect couplings. Gently rub the
mating surfaces of the two couplers together, then snap the
couplings together. After coupling, rotate the locking sleeve on
the female coupler to prevent disengagement.
16. Disconnect the remaining oil line from the old x-ray tube at the
oil line quick-disconnect coupling. The quick disconnect
coupling is self-sealing, however a small amount of oil may seep
during the disconnecting. Wipe any oil seepage from the quick-
disconnect coupler.
17. Repeat steps 13 through 15. At this point, the two oil lines
remain connected at the x-ray tube and heat exchanger
accumulator but have been freed of any other connection with
the gantry.
18. Remove the two hose clamps that secure the accumulator to the
heat exchanger mounting bracket (Figure 4-29).
19. Disconnect the cable connected to the top of the heat exchanger.
20. Remove the four (some systems may contain three) allen-head
screws that secure the heat exchanger in its mounting bracket.
21. Remove the heat exchanger and accumulator from within the
gantry column and place them on a chair, table or similar
support. At this point, the two oil lines connecting the heat
exchanger/accumulator to the x-ray tube are completely outside
of the gantry column.

4-46 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

X-ray Tube Mounting


Screws - 4 places
Use 3/16" T-handle
hex key

Access channels for


hex key

Figure 4-30. X-ray Tube Mounting Screws (filter assembly removed)

22. Using a 3/16" T-handle hex key, remove the four socket head
cap screws to release the x-ray tube from the x-ray tube support
arm. See Figure 4-30.
23. Lift the x-ray tube (still connected to the heat exchanger by the
oil lines) from mounting location and set it aside as an assembly
with the heat exchanger and accumulator. (These parts will be
packaged in the shipping container in which the new x-ray tube
was received.)

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-47


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-2-18-2 Install
1. Remove the new x-ray tube, heat exchanger, and accumulator
from the shipping container.
2. Place the x-ray tube in its mounting location on the support arm
and install the four socket head cap screws that hold it in place.
Ensure that all four screws are tight.
3. Connect the anode and rotor filament cables to the back of the
x-ray tube.
4. Bolt the ground wire to the base on the bottom of the x-ray tube.
5. Route the oil lines around the side of the gantry and to the back
of the gantry column so that the heat exchanger and accumulator
can be set into their operating positions.
6. Install the new heat exchanger into its mounting bracket using
the allen-head screws removed in step 20.
7. Connect the power cable to the receptacle on top of the heat
exchanger. This is the cable that was disconnected in step 19.
8. Secure the accumulator body to the side of the heat exchanger
mounting bracket with the two hose clamps removed in step 18.
9. Disconnect either oil line from the x-ray tube at the oil line
quick-disconnect coupling. The quick disconnect coupling is
self-sealing, however a small amount of oil may seep during the
disconnecting. Wipe any oil seepage from the quick-disconnect
coupler.
10. Carefully route the disconnected oil line behind the rotation
drive chain, through the gantry pivot passage, and up the back
side of the scanning arm housing (pie) to the quick-disconnect
coupler to which it will mate.
11. Apply a thin coating of Dow Corning #4 lubricant to the mating
surfaces of the two quick-disconnect couplings. Gently rub the
mating surfaces of the two couplers together, then snap the
couplings together. After coupling, rotate the locking sleeve on
the female coupler to prevent disengagement.
12. Repeat steps 9 through 11 for the remaining oil line.
13. Secure the oil lines using the clamps and cable wrap removed in
step 11. Use additional cable ties as necessary to secure oil lines
and cables away from all moving parts inside the gantry column.
14. Use cable ties to secure oil lines to the Collimator PCB standoffs
on the back of the scanning arm housing.
15. Install the Collimator PCB and Strain Gauge Amplifier
assembly onto the standoffs (6 screws and washers) and attach
all connectors.
16. Install the Collimator assembly (paragraph 4-2-11-2).

4-48 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

17. Apply power to the gantry by setting the circuit breaker on the
SenoScan generator to ON.
18. Observe that heat exchanger fan is running.
19. Rotate gantry through full range of rotation while observing oil
lines and cables within the gantry column. Verify that cables
and oil lines remain clear of moving parts (i.e., rotation chain)
within the column as the gantry is rotated and that there is no
excessive binding or chafing.
20. Allow the system to operate for several minutes then check the
heat exchanger, accumulator, oil line couplings and x-ray tube
for evidence of oil leakage.
21. Accomplish the post-installation checks and adjustments listed
in Table 4-1 for the following components/assemblies:
• X-ray Tube
• Heat Exchanger
• Collimator Assy
• Strain Gauge Amplifier
22. Install back plate on gantry column (paragraph 4-2-4-2).
23. Install back plate cosmetic cover (paragraph 4-2-3-2).
24. Install rear cover on gantry column (paragraph 4-2-3-2).
25. Prior to installing the gantry arm covers, make a final visual
check to ensure that no oil seepage has occurred at the oil line
couplings.
26. Install the gantry arm covers (paragraph 4-2-1-2).

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-49


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-3 REMOVE AND INSTALL PROCEDURES FOR GENERATOR

4-3-1 Inverter

4-3-1-1 Remove
Removal of the inverter assembly consists of disconnecting the
anode and filament/rotor cables, disconnecting 2 ground
connections on the inverter chassis, disconnecting 7 power
connections at TB1, installing the oil tank vent plug, and removing
2 mounting bolts and washers.
1. Remove power from the system by setting the circuit breaker at
the generator cabinet to OFF.
2. Turn off the power at the wall box and LOCK the disconnect
lever in the DISCONNECT position.
3. Disconnect the Anode cable from the top of the inverter tank
housing (see Figure 4-31).
4. Disconnect the Filament/Rotor cable from the top of the inverter
housing.

Caution Tag and mark wires connected to TB1 before removal to ensure
correct reconnection during installation.

Remove Anode
Remove Cable
Ground Wire

Install Oil Tank


Vent Screw

Remove Mounting
Screw and Washers
(right side shown -
left side similar) Holddown Bracket

Figure 4-31. Inverter Removal (right side view)

4-50 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

5. Tag and mark each cabinet harness wire connected to terminals


2, 3, and 7 through 10 on TB1 at the top right front corner of the
inverter assembly (see Figure 4-32). This is necessary to ensure
that each wire is reconnected correctly when the inverter is
replaced/reinstalled.
6. Remove green/yellow ground wire from the ground stud below
TB1 (see Figure 4-32).
7. At the right side of the inverter, remove green/yellow ground
wire from the ground stud adjacent to the anode cable receptacle
on top of the oil tank (see Figure 4-31).
8. Install the oil tank vent screw to prevent oil spillage during
inverter removal (see Figure 4-31 for location).
9. Remove the two screws, lock washers, and flat washers that
secure the left and right front corners of the inverter assembly to
the floor of the generator cabinet (see Figure 4-31).
10. Slide the inverter toward the front of the generator cabinet to free
the rear corners of the assembly from the holddown brackets.
11. Remove the inverter assembly from the cabinet.

Remove
Filament/Rotor
Cable

Mark and
remove Seven
Wires from TB1

Remove
Ground Wire

Figure 4-32. Inverter Removal (front view)

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-51


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

4-3-1-2 Install
To install the inverter, accomplish the steps for the removal
procedure in reverse sequence.

Note: Make sure that you remove the oil tank vent screw. Failure to
remove this screw may result in oil seepage from the tank.

Accomplish the post-installation checks/adjustments listed in


Table 4-1 for the inverter assembly.

4-4 POST-INSTALLATION CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS


Generally, functional checks are required whenever a component or
assembly is replaced. Components that are critical to correct system
operation may require that extensive system testing and/or
recalibration be accomplished to ensure that the system will function
within specification after their replacement.
Table 4-1 lists the post-installation checks and adjustments that must
be accomplished when a component or assembly is replaced.

Table 4-1. Post-installation Checks and Adjustments

Component Replaced Post Installation Check/Adjustment Required

X-ray Tube Field size calibration, X-ray tube calibration, average glan-
dular dose check, half value layer check, automatic tech-
nique calibration, seepage at oil line couplings
Heat Exchanger Functional test, seepage at oil line couplings
Collimator Assy Field size calibration, filter functional check
Light Field Assy Field size calibration, functional check, alignment of X-ray
field and digital image to light field, half value layer check
Light Bulb Field size calibration, alignment of X-ray field and digital
image to light field
Light Field Slide Motor Field size calibration, functional check, alignment of X-ray
field and digital image to field size markings
Light Field Mirror Field size calibration, alignment of X-ray field and digital
image to field size markings, half value layer check
Light Field Fan Functional check
PCB, Light Control Functional check
PCB, Light Position Functional check

4-52 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Table 4-1. Post-installation Checks and Adjustments (Continued)

Component Replaced Post Installation Check/Adjustment Required

Image Detector (E1B1C1A2) Detector alignment, image quality checks, automatic


technique calibration
Strain Gauge Amplifier Compression force display calibration
Scanning Motor (E1B1E1C1)
Scanning Motor Driver
(E1B1A1A1B2) Scan speed accuracy test
Scan Motor Drive Coupling
Scan Drive Cable(s)
Scan Limit Switches Field size calibration
Elevation Drive Actuator
Elevation calibration
Elevation Limit Switch
Rotation Drive Assembly
Functional check, rotation calibration
Rotation Limit Switches
Rotation Potentiometer/belt Rotation potentiometer adjustment
Compression Motor
Compression Drive Coupling Functional check, compression calibration
Compression Limit Switches
Manual Compression Solenoid
PCB, LED Display Panel
(E1B1A1A5B1)
Motion Command Switches Functional check
Emergency Stop Switches
PCB, X-ray Indicator
(E1B1E1B1, B2, and B3)
PCB, Filter/Collimator Drive
Field size calibration, filter functional check
(E1B1B1A6B1)
PCB, Power Distribution
Functional check
(E1B1A1A1B1)
PCB, VME
System functional check
(E1A1C5D1)

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-53


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Table 4-1. Post-installation Checks and Adjustments (Continued)

Component Replaced Post Installation Check/Adjustment Required

PCB, Galil
System motions functional checks
(E1A1C5D2)
PCB, System Interface
Complete system functional check
(E1A1C5D3)
PCB, Camera Power Supply
Voltage checks, image quality check
(E1A1C4A1)
Unregulated Power Supply
(E1A1C4A2)
Power Supply #1
(E1A1C1D2 PS1)
Voltage checks
Power Supply #2
(E1A1C1D2 PS2)
Power Supply #3
(E1A1C1D2PS3)
Inverter/HF Power Supply Assy
(E1A1C3D3)
PCB, Filament Driver
(E1A1C3D3A1BD2)
PCB, KVP & Filament Control
X-ray tube calibration
(E1A1C3D3A1BD3
PCB, Digital Mammo CPU
(E1A1C3D3A1BD4)
PCB, Boost/Sense
(E1A1C3D3A1BD6)
Circuit Breaker Module
Line Filter
(E1A1C3D2LF1)
3-phase Transformer Voltage checks
(E1A1C3D1T1)
Power Contactor
(E1A1C1K1)
Elevation Amplifier
Motion functional check, Elevation calibration
(E1A1C4A3)

4-54 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 3

Table 4-1. Post-installation Checks and Adjustments (Continued)

Component Replaced Post Installation Check/Adjustment Required

Rotation Amplifier
Motion functional check, Rotation calibration
(E1A1C4A4)
Compression Amplifier
Compression force calibration, current adjustment
(E1A1C4A5)
Footswitch Assembly Functional check

Removal and Installation Procedures 4-55


Issue 1, Revision 3 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Reserved for future use.

4-56 Removal and Installation Procedures


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

SECTION 5

REPLACEMENT PARTS

5-1 GENERAL
This section identifies the field-replaceable parts used in the
SenoScan Full Field Digital Mammography System. Replaceable
parts used in the generator, gantry, acquisition station/technologists
shield, and the review station are listed in Tables 5-1A through 5-4.
Illustrations containing callouts that correspond to the index
numbers provided in the tables are used to aid in the identification
and location of generator and gantry components that bear no
identifying markings.
Tables 5-1A and 5-2A list replacement parts in part number
sequence for the generator and gantry, respectively.
Table 5-1B and 5-2B list replacement parts by figure and index
number for the generator and gantry, respectively.

Table 5-1. Generator (E1A1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number


PART REFERENCE FIG. IND.
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER DESIGNATOR NO. NO.

19691 FUSE – FA, CERAMIC, 1AMP, 250V C3D3BD3-F1, F2 5-5 6

57426-12 FUSE – TIME DELAY, 20A, 250V, KTK C3D1TB2-F5 5-4 1

57818-2 SWITCH – INTERLOCK, SPHERE TIP 5-4 5

FAN – INVERTER 5-5 9


57821-2
FAN – IGBT CONTROL 5-6 1

57893-13 FUSE – FAST ACTING, 2A, 250V C1D2TB1-F1, F6, F8, F9 5-7 1

57893-15 FUSE – FAST ACTING, 3.15A, 250V C3D1TB2-F2 5-4 1

57893-15 FUSE – FAST ACTING, 3.15A, 250V 5-5 2

57893-17 FUSE – FAST ACTING, 5A, 250V C3D1TB2-F1, F3, F4 5-4 1

58068 FILTER – LINE, 6A C1 5-1 9

58741-1 FUSE – FA,KLKD, 3.5A, 600 VAC/DC C4-F2 5-3 4

58741-2 FUSE – FA,KLKD, 15A, 600 VAC/DC C4-F1 5-3 4

63492 FUSE – TIME DELAY, 7A, 250V C1D2TB1-F10 5-7 1

Replacement Parts 5-1


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Table 5-1. Generator (E1A1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number (Continued)
PART REFERENCE FIG. IND.
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER DESIGNATOR NO. NO.

63682-2 STUD – 1/4 TURN, SLOT, HEAD 5-2 3

63683-2 WASHER – CUPPED, WEAR 5-2 4

63684 SPRING – EJECTOR, 1/4 TURN (cover latching hardware) 5-2 5

63686-2 RETAINER – SPLIT RING 5-2 6

63689 RECEPTACLE – 1/4 TURN, CLIP ON 5-4 3

63756 RECTIFIER – SKB, 50/04A3 C4 -CR1 5-3 1

68837-1 BACKPLANE – VME, 5 SLOT 5-4 7

76698-4 LABEL – HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE 5-1 3


(common-use label)
76698-5 LABEL – ATTENTION SYMBOL 5-1 4

76730-2 FILTER – LINE, 3 PHASE, 480 VAC C3D2LF1 5-1 1

77104 FAN – CARD RACK 5-4 6

80743 LABEL – GROUNDING, EARTH (common-use label) 5-6 3

83384 RELAY – 24V, 5A, HC4 -H-DC24V C1D2-K1 5-7 2

89418G-1 ASSY – PCB,FILAMENT DRIVER C3D3A1BD2 5-5 5

89422G-1 ASSY – PCB, INTERFACE MOTHERBD 5-5 4

89538G ASSY – PCB, TUBE MOTOR FILTER 5-6 5

89864G-1 ASSY – PCB,DIGITAL MAMMO CPU C3D3A1BD4 5-5 8

89882G-1 ASSY – PCB,UNREG POWER SUPPLY C4A2 5-3 3

89884G-1 ASSY – PCB,CAMERA POWER SUPPLY C4A1 5-3 2

89886G-1 ASSY – PCB, SYSTEM INTERFACE C5D3 5-1 7

89898G-1 ASSY – PCB, BOOST/SENSE C3D3A1BD6 5-6 4

94077-1 CAPACITOR – 4700 MFD, 100V C4 - C1, C2, C3, C4 5-2 1

94110M-3 ASSY – 3 PHASE XFMR, SENOSCAN C3D1T1 5-4 2

94119-1 PWR SUPPLY – 40W, TRIPLE OUTPUT 5-5 1

94171-1 SHIELD – SERVO AMP CAP & BRIDGE (plastic shield) 5-1 5

94241-1 POWER SUPPLY – 250 WATT C1D2PS3 5-7 5

94241-2 POWER SUPPLY – 350 WATT C1D2PS1 5-7 3

94243-1 AMPLIFIER – SERVO, BRUSH TYPE C4A3, C4A4, C4A5 5-2 2

94244-1 PCB – EMBEDDED CONTROLLER, VME C5D1 5-1 6

5-2 Replacement Parts


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Table 5-1. Generator (E1A1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number (Continued)
PART REFERENCE FIG. IND.
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER DESIGNATOR NO. NO.

94247-1 PCB – MOTION CONTROLLER, GALIL C5D2 5-1 8

94289G ASSY – MODULE, MA CLAMP 5-6 2

94301-1 BRACKET – LATCH, SIDE/REAR COVER (mtg for cover latch hdw) 5-4 4

95314G ASSY – FIRMWARE, INVERTER, CPU 5-5 7

104302-1 POWER SUPPLY – +24V @ 8.4A MAX C1D2-PS2 5-7 4

104303-1 PCB – SERIAL INTERFACE, VME (piggybacks on 94244-1) 5-1 6

105283G CIRCUIT BREAKER MODULE 5-4 9

105292G ASSY – HV/HF PWR SUPP (INVERTER) C3D3A1 5-1 2

105408G ASSY – PCB, KVP & FILAMENT CNTRL C3D3A1BD3 5-5 3

106279 LABEL – FUSE CHART - GENERATOR 5-4 10

G142201-22 FUSE – FA, CERAMIC, 5A, 250V C1D2TB1-F7 5-7 1

G142202-33 FUSE – TIME DELAY, 10 AMP @ 250V C3D1TB2-F6 5-4 1

Table 5-2. Generator (E1A1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Figure and Index
FIG. IND. REFERENCE PART
DESCRIPTION
NO NO. DESIGNATOR NUMBER

1 FILTER – LINE, 3 PHASE, 480 VAC C3D2LF1 76730-2

2 ASSY – HV/HF PWR SUPP (INVERTER) C3D3A1 105292G

3 LABEL – HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE 76698-4


(common-use label)
4 LABEL – ATTENTION SYMBOL 76698-5

5 SHIELD – SERVO AMP CAP & BRIDGE (plastic shield) 94171-1


5-1
ASSY – PCB, EMBEDDED CNTLR, VME C5D1 94244-1
6 (104303-1 piggybacks
PCB – SERIAL INTERFACE MODULE on 94244-1) 104303-1

7 ASSY – PCB, SYSTEM INTERFACE C5D3 89886G-1

8 ASSY – PCB, MOTION CONTRLR, GALIL C5D2 94247-1

9 FILTER – LINE, 6A C1 58068

Replacement Parts 5-3


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Table 5-2. Generator (E1A1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Figure and Index (Continued)
FIG. IND. REFERENCE PART
DESCRIPTION
NO NO. DESIGNATOR NUMBER

1 CAPACITOR – 4700 MFD, 100V C4 - C1, C2, C3, C4 94077-1

2 AMPLIFIER – SERVO, BRUSH TYPE C4A3, C4A4, C4A5 94243-1

3 STUD – 1/4 TURN, SLOT HEAD 63682-2


5-2
4 WASHER – CUPPED, WEAR 63683-2
(cover latching hardware)
5 SPRING – EJECTOR, 1/4 TURN 63684

6 RETAINER – SPLIT RING 63686-2

1 RECTIFIER – SKB, 50/04A3 C4-CR1 63576

2 ASSY – PCB, CAMERA PWR SUPPLY C4A1 89884G-1

5-3 3 ASSY – PCB, UNREG PWR SUPPLY C4A2 89882G-1

FUSE – FA, KLKD, 15A, 600 VAC/DC C4F1 58741-2


4
FUSE – FA, KLKD, 3.5A, 600 VAC/DC C4F2 58741-1

FUSE – TIME DELAY, 10 AMP @ 250V C3D1TB2-F6 G142202-33

FUSE – TIME DELAY, 20A, 600V, KTK C3D1TB2-F5 57426-12


1
FUSE – FAST ACTING, 3.15A, 250V C3D1TB2-F2 57893-15

FUSE – FAST ACTING, 5A, 250V C3D1TB2-F1, F3, F4 57893-17

2 ASSY – 3 PHASE XFMR, SENOSCAN C3D1T1 94110M-3

3 RECEPTACLE – 1/4 TURN, CLIP ON (cover latching hardware) 63689


5-4
4 BRACKET – LATCH, SIDE/REAR COVER (mtg for cover latch hdw) 94301-1

5 SWITCH – INTERLOCK, SPHERE TIP 57818-2

6 FAN – CARD RACK 77104

7 BACKPLANE – VME, 5 SLOT C3D2LF1 68837-1

8 LABEL – FUSE CHART, GENERATOR 106279

9 CIRCUIT BREAKER MODULE (system power switch) 105283G

5-4 Replacement Parts


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Table 5-2. Generator (E1A1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Figure and Index (Continued)
FIG. IND. REFERENCE PART
DESCRIPTION
NO NO. DESIGNATOR NUMBER

1 PWR SUPPLY – 40W, TRIPLE OUTPUT 94119-1

2 FUSE – FAST ACTING, 3.15A, 250V 57893-15

3 ASSY – PCB, KVP & FILAMENT CNTRL C3D3A1BD3 105408G

4 ASSY – PCB, INTERFACE MOTHERBD 89422G-1

5-5 5 ASSY – PCB, FILAMENT DRIVER C3D3A1BD2 89418G-1

6 FUSE – FA, CERAMIC, 1 AMP, 250V C3D3BD3-F1, F2 19691

7 ASSY – FIRMWARE, INVERTER, CPU 95314G

8 ASSY – PCB,DIGITAL MAMMO CPU C3D3A1BD4 89864G-1

9 FAN – INVERTER C4A2 57821-2

1 FAN – IGBT CONTROL 57821-2

2 (DELETED)

5-6 3 LABEL – GROUNDING EARTH (common use label) 80743

4 ASSY – PCB, BOOST/SENSE C3D3A1BD6 89898G-1

5 ASSY – PCB, TUBE MOTOR FILTER 89538G

FUSE – TIME DELAY, 7A, 250V C1D2TB1-F10 63492

1 FUSE – FAST ACTING, 2A, 250V C1D2TB1-F1, F6, F8, F9 57893-13

FUSE – FA, CERAMIC, 5A, 250V C1D2TB1-F7 G142201-22

5-7 2 RELAY – 24V, 5A, HC4-H-DC24V C1D2-K1 83384

3 POWER SUPPLY – 350 WATT C1D2PS1 94241-2

4 POWER SUPPLY – +24V @ 8.4A MAX C1D2-PS2 104302-1

5 POWER SUPPLY – 250 WATT C1D2PS3 94241-1

Replacement Parts 5-5


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

9
5

Figure 5-1. SenoScan Generator Cabinet – Front View (covers removed)

5-6 Replacement Parts


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

6
1
5
4
3
NOTE: See Figure 5-3 for
opposite side view of this
panel assembly. 2

Figure 5-2. SenoScan Generator Cabinet – Right Side View (covers removed)

4
2

Figure 5-3. Unregulated Power Supply Panel (inside view)

Replacement Parts 5-7


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

6
1
5

4
2 3

Figure 5-4. SenoScan Generator Cabinet – Left Side View (covers removed)

1
2

3
9
4

5 8

6
7

Figure 5-5. Inverter – Internal Components/Fan

5-8 Replacement Parts


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

4
1

2 mA Clamp

3
5

Figure 5-6. Inverter – High Speed Starter/IGBT’s (cover removed)

Figure 5-7. Rear Wall of Generator Cabinet (partial view)

Replacement Parts 5-9


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Table 5-3. Gantry (E1B1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number


PART REFERENCE FIG. IND.
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER DESIGNATOR NO. NO.

10511 SCREW – 10-32 X 3/4, SHCS, ZI (scan mtr screw) 5-12 5

14908 WASHER– #6, FLAT, B NARROW 5-8 21

33965 NUT – 6-32, HEX STOP 5-8 20

51509 SWITCH – MICRO (scan limit switch) 5-8 24

57453 SWITCH – MINIATURE, SPDT (compression limit switch) 5-10 3

63492-4 FUSE – TIME DELAY, 1A, 250V E1B1B1A6B1F1 5-8 18

63732-52 SPRING – COMPR, .240 X .042 X .38 5-8 22

64581 SWITCH – SPDT,10AMP,125/250V (rotation limit switch) 5-9 1

70778G-7 ASSY – FOOTSWITCH W/CABLE 5-8 8

81269-2 KNOB – COMPRESSION DRIVE 5-8 14

83238SS-BO SCREW – 8-32 X 3/8, SET BO (collim. blade lock screw) 5-11 4

5-8 28
85954-2 SWITCH – ROLLER LEVER 15A SCREW (elevation limit switch)
5-9 6

86104-8 BELT – ROTATION POT 5-9 4

87597-1 SWITCH – MOMENTARY,ROUND (elevation cmd switch) 5-13 1

87894-2 SWITCH – MEMBRANE,GRAY (cover for rotation cmd sw) (not shown)

88614G ASSY – PCB, LIGHT POSITION 5-14 6

88616G ASSY – PCB, LIGHT CONTROL 5-15 –

89872G-1 ASSY – PCB,FILTER EMITTER 5-11 2

89874G-1 ASSY – PCB,FILTER RECEIVER 5-11 1

89890G-1 ASSY – PCB,POWER DISTRIBUTION 5-8 27

89892G-1 ASSY – PCB,FILTER/ENCODER/COLIM 5-8 17

91699-1 SCREW – M5 X 12, FHMS, DACROMET (detector mtg screw) 5-12 4

94087 COVER – COMPRESSION DEVICE (fabric curtain) 5-8 4

94128 COVER – FACE SHIELD, REMOVABLE 5-8 3

94175M-2 ASSY – COLUMN DISPLAY 5-8 9

94180M-2 ASSY – PREP/XRAY INDICATOR 5-8 12

94190M-2 ASSY – COVER, TOP, COLUMN 5-8 13

94272M ASSY – PADDLE, HIGH RESOLUTION 5-8 25

5-10 Replacement Parts


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Table 5-3. Gantry (E1B1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number (Continued)
PART REFERENCE FIG. IND.
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER DESIGNATOR NO. NO.

94295M-6 ASSY – PADDLE, 30 CM 5-8 5

94319-1 SWITCH-EMERGENCY STOP (knob portion of switch) 5-8 11

94324-1 BLOCK – CONTACT, EMER. STOP (elect portion of switch) 5-9 2

94329-1 BEZEL – BREAST SUPPORT 5-8 6A

94518-3 TUBE – X-RAY, W/ HEAT EXCHANGER 5-9 5

94608-2 ACTUATOR – COMPRESSION LIMIT 5-10 4

94615-1 BRACKET – DETECTOR MTG, RH 5-12 –

94615-2 BRACKET – DETECTOR MTG, LH 5-12 1

94630G-1 ASSY – GEAR COMPRESSION 5-10 10

94631-1 GEAR – BEVEL, NYLON 5-10 7

94633-3 COUPLING – COMPRESSION MOTOR 5-10 2

94633-4 COUPLING – SCAN DRIVE MOTOR 5-12 7

94640M-2 ASSY – ROTATION POTENTIOMETER 5-9 3

94644-1 SWITCH – ROCKER,SP,V SERIES,GRAY (rotation cmd switch) 5-13 2

94665-1 DRIVER – STEP MOTOR,MICROSTEP (scan motor driver) 5-8 29

94672-2 GASKET – SCANNING MOTOR 5-12 6

94687-1 THUMB CAP – 1/2 OD, BLACK (collimator adjust knob) 5-11 3

94704-1 PCB – AMPLIFIER, STRAIN GAUGE 5-8 30

94710M-3 ASSY – COLLIMATOR, SENOSCAN (complete assy) 5-16 –

94749G-1 HARNESS – COMMAND SWITCH, LH 5-13 3

94750G-1 HARNESS – COMMAND SWITCH, RH 5-13 3

94761-2 BREAST SUPPORT – CARBON FIBER 5-8 6

94767-2 DETECTOR – THOMPSON (image detector/camera) 5-12 2

94770M-2 ASSY – PADDLE, 24CM 5-8 5

94804-2 COVER – COLUMN, SENOSCAN 5-8 7

95315G F/W – FILTER COLLIMATOR BOARD 5-8 19

104320G-1 GEARMOTOR – FILTER WHEEL 5-11 5

104328G-1 ASSY – ROTATION MOTOR 5-9 7

104329G-1 ASSY – COMPRESSION SOLENOID 5-10 1

Replacement Parts 5-11


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Table 5-3. Gantry (E1B1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number (Continued)
PART REFERENCE FIG. IND.
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER DESIGNATOR NO. NO.

104330G-1 ASSY – COMPRESSION MOTOR 5-10 6

104331G-1 ASSY – ELEV DRIVE ACTUATOR 5-9 8

104332G-1 ASSY – SCAN DRIVE MOTOR 5-12 3

104344M-3 ASSY – SPOT PADDLE 5-8 26

104345-1 CABLE – BREAST SUPPORT GUIDE (scan drive wire assy) 5-8 23

104422G-1 ASSY – LOAD CELL, PAIRED CABLE (strain gauge cell w/cable) 5-10 5

104776-1 MOUNT – CLUTCH 5-10 8

104777-1 CLUTCH – SLIP 5-10 9

105104 COVER – BACK COLUMN 5-8 10

105113 FILTER – ASSY, 92 MM FAN 5-8 31

105117G ASSY – FAN, BREAST SUPPORT 5-8 32

105184G ASSY – GANTRY COVER, RIGHT 5-8 16

105185G ASSY – GANTRY COVER, LEFT 5-8 1

105204G ASSY – MAIN COVER, BACK 5-8 15

105454 BULB, LIGHT 5-14 2

105672 MIRROR, LIGHT FIELD 5-14 4

105727G ASSY – COLLIMATOR, SENOSCAN 5-11 –

105732G ASSY – LIGHT FIELD, SECONDARY (complete assy) 5-14 1


COLLIMATOR

105749G ASSY – GANTRY COVER, TOP 5-8 2

105774G ASSY – LIGHT FIELD SLIDE MOTOR 5-14 3

105776G FAN – LIGHT FIELD 5-14 5

5-12 Replacement Parts


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Table 5-4. Gantry (E1B1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Figure and Index
FIG. IND. REFERENCE PART
DESCRIPTION
NO NO. DESIGNATOR NUMBER

1 ASSY – GANTRY COVER, LEFT 105185G

2 ASSY – GANTRY COVER, TOP 105186G

3 COVER – FACE SHIELD, REMOVABLE 94128

4 COVER – COMPRESSION DEVICE (fabric curtain) 94087

5 ASSY – PADDLE, 30 CM 94295M-6

6 BREAST SUPPORT – CARBON FIBER 94761-2

6A BEZEL – BREAST SUPPORT 94329-1

7 COVER – COLUMN, SENOSCAN 94804-2

8 ASSY – FOOTSWITCH W/CABLE 70778G-7

9 ASSY – COLUMN DISPLAY 94175M-2

10 COVER – BACK COLUMN 94515M-2

11 SWITCH – EMERGENCY STOP (knob portion of switch) 94319-1

5-8 12 ASSY – PREP/X-RAY INDICATOR 94180M-2

13 ASSY – COVER, TOP, COLUMN 94190M-2

14 KNOB – COMPRESSION DRIVE 81269-2

15 ASSY – MAIN COVER, BACK 105204G

16 ASSY – GANTRY COVER, RIGHT 105184G

17 ASSY – PCB, FILTER/ENCODER/COLIM 89892G-1

18 FUSE – TIME DELAY, 1A, 250V E1B1B1A6B1-F1 63492-4

19 F/W – FILTER COLLIMATOR BOARD 95315G

20 NUT – 6-32, HEX STOP 33965

21 WASHER – #6, FLAT, B NARROW 14908

22 SPRING – COMPR, .240 X .042 X .38 63732-52

23 CABLE – BREAST SUPPORT GUIDE (scan drive wire assy) 104345-1

24 SWITCH – MICRO (scan limit switch) 51509

Replacement Parts 5-13


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Table 5-4. Gantry (E1B1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Figure and Index (Continued)
FIG. IND. REFERENCE PART
DESCRIPTION
NO NO. DESIGNATOR NUMBER

25 ASSY – PADDLE, HIGH RESOLUTION 94272M

26 ASSY – SPOT PADDLE 104344M-3

27 ASSY – PCB, POWER DISTRIBUTION 89890G-1

5-8 28 SWITCH – ROLLER LEVER 15A SCREW 85954-2


(CONT) 29 DRIVER – STEP MOTOR, MICROSTEP (scan motor driver) 94665-1

30 PCB – AMPLIFIER, STRAIN GAUGE 94704-1

31 FILTER – ASSY, 92 MM FAN 105113

32 ASSY – FAN, BREAST SUPPORT 105117G

1 SWITCH – SPDT, 10 AMP, 125/250V (rotation limit switch) 64581

2 BLOCK – CONTACT, EMER. STOP (elect portion of switch) 94324-1

3 ASSY – ROTATION POTENTIOMETER 94640M-2

4 BELT – ROTATION POT 86104-8


5-9
5 TUBE – X-RAY, W/HEAT EXCHANGER 94518-3

6 SWITCH – ROLLER LEVER 15A SCREW (elevation limit switch) 85954-2

7 ASSY – ROTATION MOTOR 104328G-1

8 ASSY – ELEV DRIVE ACTUATOR 104331G-1

1 ASSY – COMPRESSION SOLENOID 104329G-1

2 COUPLING – COMPRESSION MOTOR 94633-3

3 SWITCH – MINIATURE, SPDT (compression limit 57453


switch)

4 ACTUATOR – COMPRESSION LIMIT 94608-2

5-10 5 ASSY – LOAD CELL, PAIRED CABLE (strain gauge cell w/cable) 104422G-1

6 ASSY – COMPRESSION MOTOR 104330G-1

7 GEAR – NYLON, BEVEL 94631-1

8 MOUNT – CLUTCH 104776-1

9 CLUTCH – SLIP 104777-1

10 ASSY – GEAR COMPRESSION 94630G-1

5-14 Replacement Parts


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Table 5-4. Gantry (E1B1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Figure and Index (Continued)
FIG. IND. REFERENCE PART
DESCRIPTION
NO NO. DESIGNATOR NUMBER

1 ASSY – PCB, FILTER RECEIVER 89874G-1

2 ASSY – PCB, FILTER EMITTER 89872G-1

3 THUMB CAP – 1/2 OD, BLACK (collimator adjust knob) 94687-1


5-11
4 SCREW – 8-32 X 3/8, SET BO (collim. blade lock screw) 83238SS-BO

5 GEARMOTOR – FILTER WHEEL 104320G-1

– ASSY – COLLIMATOR, SENOSCAN (complete assy) 105727G

BRACKET – DETECTOR MTG, RH 94615-1


1
BRACKET – DETECTOR MTG, LH 94615-2

2 DETECTOR – TH 9557B, SENOSCAN (image detector/camera) 94767-2

3 ASSY – SCAN DRIVE MOTOR 104332G-1


5-12
4 SCREW – M5 X 12, FHMS, DACROMET (detector mtg screw) 91699-1

5 SCREW – 10-32 X 3/4, SHCS, ZI (scan mtr screw) 10511

6 GASKET – SCANNING MOTOR 94672-2

7 COUPLING – SCAN DRIVE MOTOR 94633-4

1 SWITCH – MOMENTARY, ROUND (elevation cmd switch) 87597-1

SWITCH – ROCKER,SP,V SERIES (rotation cmd switch) 94644-1


2
5-13 SWITCH – MEMBRANE, GRAY (cover for rotat. cmd sw) 87894-2

HARNESS – COMMAND SWITCH, RH 94750G-1


3
HARNESS – COMMAND SWITCH, LH 94749G-1

1 ASSY – LIGHT FIELD, SECONDARY (complete assy) 105732G


COLLIMATOR

2 BULB, LIGHT 105454

5-14 3 ASSY – LIGHT FIELD SLIDE MOTOR 105774G

4 MIRROR, LIGHT FIELD 105672

5 FAN, LIGHT FIELD 105776G

6 ASSY – PCB, LIGHT POSITION 88614G

5-15 – ASSY – PCB, LIGHT CONTROL 88616G

5-16 – ASSY – COLLIMATOR, SENOSCAN (complete assy) 94710M-3

Replacement Parts 5-15


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

1 16 15

14
2 17

3 13 18

12
4
19
5
11

30
6 6A

7 10

Back of Scan Arm Housing – Interior View

20
9 21
8
22

23
31 32

Exterior Features

29 28
24
27
Scan Wires/Limit Switch – Interior View

26 25
Top of Column – Interior View Additional Compression Paddles

Figure 5-8. SenoScan Gantry

5-16 Replacement Parts


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

5
(Part of 94518-3)

8
Light Field Control PCB
not shown.
(See Figure 5-15.)

Figure 5-9. Gantry Column (interior views)

Replacement Parts 5-17


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

10
1

8 9

7
2

3
5

Figure 5-10. Compression Drive Components

3 x5

4 x6

Figure 5-11. Collimator Assembly

5-18 Replacement Parts


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

1 2

6 5 4 3

Figure 5-12. Detector and Scan Drive Components

Figure 5-13. Motion Command Switches and Cable Assembly (LH shown - RH similar)

Replacement Parts 5-19


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

5 6

3 4
2

Figure 5-14. Light Field Assembly, Secondary Collimator

Figure 5-15. Light Field Control PCB

5-20 Replacement Parts


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 5-16. Filter/Collimator Assembly

Replacement Parts 5-21


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Table 5-5. Acq. Station/Tech. Shield (E1C1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number
PART REFERENCE FIG. IND.
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER DESIGNATOR NO. NO.

57275G-1 ASSY – X-RAY HANDSWITCH

106243G FAN – AXIAL, 115 VAC (for base enclosure)

105488 MONITOR – FLAT PANEL

69483-1 ADAPTER – VIDEO, HD15F TO 13W3M (connector)

89876G-3 PCB – PCI SCAN CONVERTER

92707-1 PWR SUPPLY– U/I, 115V, 60 HZ ESV8+ (uninterruptable power


92703-1 PWR SUPPLY– U/I, 230V, 50 HZ ESV8+ supplies) NOT SHOWN

94134 ISOLATOR – OPTICAL, RS-232 (for 94502-5 serial port)

COMPUTER – BLADE 150 ACQ WKSTN (incl RAM, video, sound


94502-5
(COMPLETE) card, keyboard, mouse)

105483 GIGABIT ETHERNET INTERFACE CARD (use with 94502-5

104310-1 SPEAKERS – SOUNDBLASTER, SBS16

106331G ASSY – ISOLATION TRANSFORMER

Table 5-6. Standalone Server Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number


PART REFERENCE FIG. IND.
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER DESIGNATOR NO. NO.

104490 ROUTER – NETGEAR FR114P

105712 COMPUTER – PERCHERON 7505 (incl RAM, video, sound


(COMPLETE) card, keyboard, mouse)
NOT SHOWN
105488 MONITOR – FLAT PANEL

92707-1 PWR SUPPLY– U/I, 115V, 60 HZ ESV8+ (uninterruptable power


92703-1 PWR SUPPLY– U/I, 230V, 50 HZ ESV8+ supplies)

5-22 Replacement Parts


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Table 5-7. Review Station (E1D1) Replacement Parts – Listed by Part Number
PART REFERENCE FIG. IND.
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER DESIGNATOR NO. NO.

69483-1 ADAPTER – VIDEO, HD15F TO 13W3M (connector)

92702-1 PWR SUPPLY– U/I, 115V, 60 HZ ESV14+ (uninterruptable power

92703-2 PWR SUPPLY– U/I, 230V, 50 HZ ESV14+ supplies)

94024-2 RAID ARRAY – FIBER CHAN., 292 GB

94089-1 ADAPTER – PCI, SINGLE LOOP, 64 BIT (RAID card for 94502-4)

94655-1 DRIVE – M/O, EXT, SCSI, 5.2 GB (use with 94502-4)

COMPUTER – SUN BLADE 2000 (incl RAM, video, ethernet


94502-4
(FOR SOLARIS/SUN REVIEW STATION) card, keyboard, mouse)

94770-1 MONITOR – 19", OPTIQUEST Q95 (SVGA)

94306 CONTROLLER – DISPLAY, R5-PCI (Dome card w/ software)


(use with 94848-2)

94847-1 CALIBRATOR – CRT, CALTQA (software w/puck)


(use with 94848-2)

94848-2 MONITOR – MEGAPIXEL, MGD 521 (Barco - high-res mono) NOT SHOWN

104324-1 DISK – OPTICAL, 4.1 GB, REWRITABLE (media for MO drive)

104652 PCB – XVR500 GRAPHICS CARD (use with 94770-1)

105255 MONITOR – DOME C5I

105483 GIGABIT ETHERNET INTERFACE CARD (use with 94502-4)

105502 CONTROLLER – DISPLAY DOME C5I (use with 105255)


DUAL SOLARIS

105712 COMPUTER – WINDOWS/INTEL (including RAM, video,


FOR WINDOWS/INTEL REVIEW ethernet, keyboard,
STATION) mouse)

105094 CONTROLLER – VIDEO (use with 105712)

105095 CONTROLLER – RAID (use with 105712)

105096 DRIVE – CDRW/DVD (use with 105712)

105091 DRIVE – HDD 36 GB (use with 105712)

Replacement Parts 5-23


Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Reserved for future use.

5-24 Replacement Parts


SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

SECTION 6

SCHEMATICS

6-1 GENERAL
This section contains the schematic diagrams for the SenoScan Full
Field Digital Mammography System.

6-2 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS


Reference designators are used to identify and locate components on
the schematic diagrams.
Locations of the reference designators used in the generator are
shown in Figure 6-1. Locations of reference designators used in the
gantry and the legend used to indicate specific areas of the gantry are
provided in Figure 6-2.

All designators in the generator cabinet are prefixed by E1A1.

C4
D2
Right End
(inside view) Low Voltage
Power Supply
A2 Unreg. Panel
A1
Power
Supply Back of Cabinet
I/O Panel
(inside view)
(inside)
C2
Camera C1
Power Supply C5 Card Cage
VME PCB
D1 D2 D3 (Note: Outside of I/O panel is C6.)
Galil PCB

C3 Bottom of Cabinet (top view)


C4
A3
Right End Elevation
(outside view) Amp D1 D3
System D2 X-ray
A5 A4 Interface Subsystem
Compr. Rotation PCB
Amp Amp Auto
Transformer
Line Filter

Figure 6-1. Generator Reference Designators Locator

Schematics 6-1
Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

All designators in C1A1


the gantry are Arm, top

prefixed by E1B1. B1A6


Pie, rear

E1
Column cover
B1A4
Pie, right side

A1A3
Column, left side
A1A4
Column, right side

Legend A1A6
Column, rear
A1 – Column A1 – Top
B1 – Pie A2 – Bottom
C1 – Arm A3 – Left
D1 – Cover (Pie) A4 – Right
E1 – Cover (Column) A5 – Front
A6 – Rear
A7 – Middle

Figure 6-2. Gantry Reference Designator Locator Legends

6-3 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS


Schematics diagrams are arranged numerically in this section by
Fischer part number as listed in Table 6-1.

Note: Schematics are not provided for the 94244-1 VME Embedded
Controller PCB and the 94247-1 Galil Motion Controller PCB.

6-2 Schematics
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Table 6-1. SenoScan Schematic Diagrams

Part
Description Figure Page
Number

88528S-1 Schematic – PCB, Collimator Back Blade Switch 6-3 6-5


88614S-1 Schematic – PCB, Light Position 6-4 6-7
88616S-1 Schematic – PCB, Light Control 6-5 6-9
89418S-1 Schematic – PCB, Filament Driver 6-6 6-13
89422S-1 Schematic – PCB, Digital Mammo Interface Motherboard 6-7 6-15
89444S-1 Schematic – PCB, 50 kV Doubler 6-8 6-17
89538S Schematic – PCB, Tube Motor Filter 6-9 6-19
89862S-1 Schematic – PCB, IGBT Driver 6-10 6-21
89864S-1 Schematic – PCB, Digital Mammo CPU 6-11 6-23
89872S-1 Schematic – PCB, Filter Emitter 6-12 6-33
89874S-1 Schematic – PCB, Filter Receiver 6-13 6-35
89876S-3 Schematic – PCB, PCI Scan Converter 6-14 6-37
89880S-1 Schematic – PCB, LED Display 6-15 6-55
89882S-1 Schematic – PCB, SenoScan Unregulated Power Supply 6-16 6-63
89884S-1 Schematic – PCB, Camera Power Supply 6-17 6-67
89886S-1 Schematic – PCB, System Interface Board 6-18 6-69
89890S-1 Schematic – PCB, Power Distribution 6-19 6-89
89892S-1 Schematic – PCB, Filter/Collimator Control 6-20 6-93
89894S-1 Schematic – PCB, X-ray Indicator 6-21 6-101
89898S-1 Schematic – PCB, Boost Sense 6-22 6-103
94060S-2 Schematic – HF/HV Xfmr, 10 KW, SenoScan 6-23 6-105
105200S Schematic – System, SenoScan Without Light Field 6-24 6-107
105287S Schematic – Circuit Breaker Module 6-25 6-129
105406S Schematic – SenoScan Power Supply, 3/1 6-26 6-131
105408S Schematic – PCB, kVP and Filament Control 6-27 6-133
106315S Schematic – System, SenoScan with Light Field 6-28 6-141

Schematics 6-3
Issue 1, Revision 5 SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power)

Reserved for future use.

6-4 Schematics
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-3. Schematic – PCB, Collimator


Back Blade Switch 88528S-1, Rev. 000

Schematics 6-5/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-4. Schematic – PCB, Light


Position 88614S-1, Rev. 000

Schematics 6-7/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-5. Schematic – PCB, Light Control 88616S-1,


Rev. 000 (Sheet 1 of 2)

Schematics 6-9/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-5. Schematic – PCB, Light Control 88616S-1,


Rev. 000 (Sheet 2 of 2)

Schematics 6-11/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-6. Schematic – PCB, Filament


Driver 89418S-1, Rev. 2

Schematics 6-13/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-7. Schematic – PCB, Digital


Mammo Interface Motherboard
89422S-1, Rev. 3

Schematics 6-15/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-8. Schematic – PCB, 50 kV


Doubler 89444S-1, Rev. 3

Schematics 6-17/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-9. Schematic – PCB, Tube Motor


Filter 89538S, Rev. 000

Schematics 6-19/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-10. Schematic – PCB, IGBT Driver


89862S-1, Rev. 2 (Sheet 1 of 2)

Schematics 6-21/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-10. Schematic – PCB, IGBT


Driver 89862S-1, Rev. 2 (Sheet 2 of 2)

Schematics 6-23/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-11. Schematic – PCB, Digital Mammo


CPU 89864S-1, Rev. 3 (Sheet 1 of 4)

Schematics 6-25/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-11. Schematic – PCB, Digital Mammo


CPU 89864S-1, Rev. 3 (Sheet 2 of 4)

Schematics 6-27/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-11. Schematic – PCB, Digital Mammo


CPU 89864S-1, Rev. 3 (Sheet 3 of 4)

Schematics 6-29/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Fiogure 6-11. Schematic – PCB, Digital


Mammo CPU
89864S-1, Rev. 3 (Sheet 4 of 4)

Schematics 6-31/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-12. Schematic – PCB, Filter


Emitter 89872S-1, Rev. 000

Schematics 6-33/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-13. Schematic – PCB, Filter


Receiver 89874S-1, Rev. 000

Schematics 6-35/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-14. Schematic – PCB, PCI


Scan Converter 89876S-3, Rev. 000
(Sheet 1 of 9)

Schematics 6-37/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-14. Schematic – PCB, PCI


Scan Converter 89876S-3, Rev. 000
(Sheet 2 of 9)

Schematics 6-39/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-14. Schematic – PCB, PCI


Scan Converter 89876S-3, Rev. 000
(Sheet 3 of 9)

Schematics 6-41/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-14. Schematic – PCB, PCI


Scan Converter 89876S-3, Rev. 000
(Sheet 4 of 9)

Schematics 6-43/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-14. Schematic – PCB, PCI


Scan Converter 89876S-3, Rev. 000
(Sheet 5 of 9)

Schematics 6-45/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-14. Schematic – PCB, PCI


Scan Converter 89876S-3, Rev. 000
(Sheet 6 of 9)

Schematics 6-47/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-14. Schematic – PCB, PCI


Scan Converter 89876S-3, Rev. 000
(Sheet 7 of 9)

Schematics 6-49/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-14. Schematic – PCB, PCI


Scan Converter 89876S-3, Rev. 000
(Sheet 8 of 9)

Schematics 6-51/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-14. Schematic – PCB, PCI


Scan Converter 89876S-3, Rev. 000
(Sheet 9 of 9)

Schematics 6-53/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-15. Schematic – PCB,


LED Display Card 89880S-1, Rev. 3
(Sheet 1 of 4)

Schematics 6-55/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-15. Schematic – PCB,


LED Display Card 89880S-1, Rev. 3
(Sheet 2 of 4)

Schematics 6-57/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-15. Schematic – PCB,


LED Display Card 89880S-1, Rev. 3
(Sheet 3 of 4)

Schematics 6-59/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-15. Schematic – PCB,


LED Display Card 89880S-1, Rev. 3
(Sheet 4 of 4)

Schematics 6-61/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-16. Schematic – SenoScan Unregulated


Power Supply 89882S-1, Rev. 1 (Sheet 1 of 2)

Schematics 6-63/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-16. Schematic – SenoScan Unregulated Power


Supply 89882S-1, Rev. 3 (Sheet 2 of 2)

Schematics 6-65/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-17. Schematic – PCB, Camera


Power Supply 89884S-1, Rev. 5

Schematics 6-67/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-18. Schematic – PCB, System Interface Board


89886S-1, Rev. 8 (Sheet 1 of 10)

Schematics 6-69/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-18. Schematic – PCB, System Interface


Board 89886S-1, Rev. 8 (Sheet 2 of 10)

Schematics 6-71/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-18. Schematic – PCB, System Interface


Board 89886S-1, Rev. 8 (Sheet 3 of 10)

Schematics 6-73/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-18. Schematic – PCB, System Interface


Board89886S-1, Rev. 8 (Sheet 4 of 10)

Schematics 6-75/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-18. Schematic – PCB, System Interface Board


89886S-1, Rev. 8 (Sheet 5 of 10)

Schematics 6-77/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-18. Schematic – PCB, System Interface Board


89886S-1, Rev. 8 (Sheet 6 of 10)

Schematics 6-79/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-18. Schematic – PCB, System Interface Board


89886S-1, Rev. 8 (Sheet 7 of 10)

Schematics 6-81/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-18. Schematic – PCB, System Interface Board


89886S-1, Rev. 8 (Sheet 8 of 10)

Schematics 6-83/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-18. Schematic – PCB, System Interface Board


89886S-1, Rev. 8 (Sheet 9 of 10)

Schematics 6-85/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-18. Schematic – PCB, System Interface Board


89886S-1, Rev. 8 (Sheet 10 of 10)

Schematics 6-87/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-19. Schematic – PCB, Power


Distribution 89890S-1, Rev. 1 (Sheet 1 of 2)

Schematics 6-89/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-19. Schematic – PCB, Power


Distribution 89890S-1, Rev. 1 (Sheet 2 of 2)

Schematics 6-91/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-20. Schematic – PCB, Filter/


Collimator Control 89892S-1, Rev. 2
(Sheet 1 of 4)

Schematics 6-93/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-20. Schematic – PCB, Filter/


Collimator Control 89892S-1, Rev. 2
(Sheet 2 of 4)

Schematics 6-95/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-20. Schematic – PCB, Filter/


Collimator Control 89892S-1, Rev. 2
(Sheet 3 of 4)

Schematics 6-97/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-20. Schematic – PCB, Filter/


Collimator Control 89892S-1, Rev. 2
(Sheet 4 of 4)

Schematics 6-99/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-21. Schematic – PCB, X-ray


Indicator 89894S-1, Rev. 3

Schematics 6-101/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-22. Schematic – PCB, Boost/


Sense 89898S-1, Rev. 1

Schematics 6-103/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-23. Schematic – HF/HV Xfmr, 10


KW, SenoScan 94060S-2, Rev. 000

Schematics 6-105/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-24. Schematic – SenoScan


For SenoScan System with Light Field, see Figure 6-28. System without Light Field
105200S Rev. 3 (Sheet 1 of 11)

Schematics 6-107/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

For SenoScan System with Light Field, see Figure 6-28.

Figure 6-24. Schematic – SenoScan System without


Light Field 105200S, Rev. 3 (Sheet 2 of 11)

Schematics 6-109/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-24. Schematic – SenoScan System without


Light Field 105200S, Rev. 3 (Sheet 3 of 11)

Schematics 6-111/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-24. Schematic – SenoScan System without


Light Field 105200S, Rev. 3 (Sheet 4 of 11)

Schematics 6-113/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-24. Schematic – SenoScan System without


Light Field 105200S, Rev. 3 (Sheet 5 of 11)

Schematics 6-115/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-24. Schematic – SenoScan System without


Light Field 105200S, Rev. 3 (Sheet 6 of 11)

Schematics 6-117/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-24. Schematic – SenoScan System without


Light Field 105200S, Rev. 3 (Sheet 7 of 11)

Schematics 6-119/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-24. Schematic – SenoScan System without


Light Field 105200S, Rev. 3 (Sheet 8 of 11)

Schematics 6-121/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-24. Schematic – SenoScan System without


Light Field 105200S, Rev. 3 (Sheet 9 of 11)

Schematics 6-123/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-24. Schematic – SenoScan System without


Light Field 105200S, Rev. 3 (Sheet 10 of 11)

Schematics 6-125/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-24. Schematic – SenoScan System without


Light Field 105200S, Rev. 3 (Sheet 11 of 11)

Schematics 6-127/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-25. Schematic – Circuit Breaker


Module 105287S, Rev. 000

Schematics 6-129/blank
S
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-26. Schematic – SenoScan Power


Supply, 3/1 105406S Rev 1

Schematics 6-131/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-27. Schematic – KVP and


Filament Control 105408S, Rev. 4
(Sheet 1 of 4)

Schematics 6-133/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-27. Schematic – KVP and


Filament Control 105408S, Rev. 4
(Sheet 2 of 4)

Schematics 6-135/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-27. Schematic – KVP and


Filament Control 105408S, Rev. 4
(Sheet 3 of 4)

Schematics 6-137/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-27. Schematic – KVP and


Filament Control 105408S, Rev. 4
(Sheet 4 of 4)

Schematics 6-139/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-28. Schematic – SenoScan


For SenoScan System without Light Field, see Figure 6-24. System with Light Field 106315S,
Rev. 000 (Sheet 1 of 11)

Schematics 6-141/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-28. Schematic – SenoScan System with Light


Field 106315S, Rev. 000 (Sheet 2 of 11)

Schematics 6-143/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-28. Schematic – SenoScan System with Light


Field 106315S, Rev. 000 (Sheet 3 of 11)

Schematics 6-145/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-28. Schematic – SenoScan System with Light


Field 106315S, Rev. 000 (Sheet 4 of 11)

Schematics 6-147/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-28. Schematic – SenoScan System with Light


Field 106315S, Rev. 000 (Sheet 5 of 11)

Schematics 6-149/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-28. Schematic – SenoScan System with Light


Field 106315S, Rev. 000 (Sheet 6 of 11)

Schematics 6-151/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-28. Schematic – SenoScan System with Light


Field 106315S, Rev. 000 (Sheet 7 of 11)

Schematics 6-153/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-28. Schematic – SenoScan System with Light


Field 106315S, Rev. 000 (Sheet 8 of 11)

Schematics 6-155/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-28. Schematic – SenoScan System with Light


Field 106315S, Rev. 000 (Sheet 9 of 11)

Schematics 6-157/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-28. Schematic – SenoScan System with Light


Field 106315S, Rev. 000 (Sheet 10 of 11)

Schematics 6-159/blank
SenoScan System Service Manual (Single Phase Power) Issue 1, Revision 5

Figure 6-28. Schematic – SenoScan System with Light


Field 106315S, Rev. 000 (Sheet 11 of 11)

Schematics 6-161/blank
What Do You Think Of This Manual?
We in the Technical Publications department at Fischer Imaging welcome your comments about this
manual and are eager to hear your suggestions for making it better.
(Cut along this line.)

When you find an error in this manual, please make note of it and the needed correction in the space
provided below. Please include the page, paragraph, or figure number in which the error exists.

If you have other suggestions on how we may improve this manual, please take a few minutes to write
them down in the space provided below. Again, please include the page, paragraph, or figure number
if appropriate.
!

You may forward this page with your comments to Technical Publications at Fischer Imaging via
FAX or the US Postal Service. Our FAX number is (303) 450-4335. If you use USPS mail, please
fold and tape this page as indicated before mailing. This page is pre-paid, self-addressed business
reply mail; simply drop in the mail – no postage is required if mailed in the United States.

Errors Noted in This Manual:

_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

Suggestions for Improvement:

_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
(Cut along this line.)

_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________

Contact Information:
!

Your Name: ______________________________ Position/Title: ___________________________

Facility/Company: _________________________________________________________________

Address: _________________________________________________________________________

Phone #: ________________ FAX #: ________________ E-mail: __________________________


Service Manual

(Cut along this line.)


SenoScan Full Field Digital Mammography System
(Single Phase Power)

P-55961-SM Issue 1, Revision 5 August 2005

!
(Make first fold on this line.)

NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL


FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 1797 DENVER, CO

POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

FISCHER IMAGING CORPORATION


12300 NORTH GRANT STREET
DENVER CO 80241
Attn: Technical Publications

(Make second fold on this line.) (Cut along this line.)


!

(Tape here after folding.)

Você também pode gostar